sherpa is hosted by Hepforge, IPPP Durham

Sherpa 2.2.14

Sherpa 2.2.14 Manual

Sherpa Logo

Table of Contents


1 Introduction

Sherpa is a Monte Carlo event generator for the Simulation of High-Energy Reactions of PArticles in lepton-lepton, lepton-photon, photon-photon, lepton-hadron and hadron-hadron collisions. This document provides information to help users understand and apply Sherpa for their physics studies. The event generator is introduced, in broad terms, and the installation and running of the program are outlined. The various options and parameters specifying the program are compiled, and their meanings are explained. This document does not aim at giving a complete description of the physics content of Sherpa . To this end, the authors refer the reader to the original publications, [Gle08b] and [Both19].


1.1 Introduction to Sherpa

Sherpa [Gle08b] is a Monte Carlo event generator that provides complete hadronic final states in simulations of high-energy particle collisions. The produced events may be passed into detector simulations used by the various experiments. The entire code has been written in C++, like its competitors Herwig++ [Bah08b] and Pythia 8 [Sjo07].

Sherpa simulations can be achieved for the following types of collisions:

  • for lepton–lepton collisions, as explored by the CERN LEP experiments,
  • for lepton–photon collisions,
  • for photon–photon collisions with both photons either resolved or unresolved,
  • for deep-inelastic lepton-hadron scattering, as investigated by the HERA experiments at DESY, and,
  • in particular, for hadronic interactions as studied at the Fermilab Tevatron or the CERN LHC.

The list of physics processes that can be simulated with Sherpa covers all reactions in the Standard Model. Other models can be implemented either using Sherpa’s own model syntax, or by using the generic interface [Hoe14c] to the UFO output [Deg11] of FeynRules [Chr08],[Chr09]. The Sherpa program owes this versatility to the two inbuilt matrix-element generators, AMEGIC++ and Comix, and to it’s phase-space generator Phasic [Kra01], which automatically calculate and integrate tree-level amplitudes for the implemented models. This feature enables Sherpa to be used as a cross-section integrator and parton-level event generator as well. This aspect has been extensively tested, see e.g. [Gle03b], [Hag05].

As a second key feature of Sherpa the program provides an implementation of the merging approaches of [Hoe09] and [Geh12], [Hoe12a]. These algorithms yield improved descriptions of multijet production processes, which copiously appear at lepton-hadron colliders like HERA [Car09], or hadron-hadron colliders like the Tevatron and the LHC, [Kra04], [Kra05], [Gle05], [Hoe09a]. An older approach, implemented in previous versions of Sherpa and known as the CKKW technique [Cat01a], [Kra02], has been compared in great detail in [Alw07] with other approaches, such as the MLM merging prescription [Man01] as implemented in Alpgen [Man02], Madevent [Ste94], [Mal02a], or Helac [Kan00], [Pap05] and the CKKW-L prescription [Lon01], [Lav05] of Ariadne [Lon92].

This manual contains all information necessary to get started with Sherpa as quickly as possible. It lists options and switches of interest for steering the simulation of various physics aspects of the collision. It does not describe the physics simulated by Sherpa or the underlying structure of the program. Many external codes can be linked with Sherpa. This manual explains how to do this, but it does not contain a description of the external programs. You are encouraged to read their corresponding documentations, which are referenced in the text. If you use external programs with Sherpa, you are encouraged to cite them accordingly.

The MCnet Guidelines apply to Sherpa. You are kindly asked to cite [Gle08b] if you have used the program in your work.

The Sherpa authors strongly recommend the study of the manuals and many excellent publications on different aspects of event generation and physics at collider experiments written by other event generator authors.

This manual is organized as follows: in Basic structure the modular structure intrinsic to Sherpa is introduced. Getting started contains information about and instructions for the installation of the package. There is also a description of the steps that are needed to run Sherpa and generate events. The Input structure is then discussed, and the ways in which Sherpa can be steered are explained. All parameters and options are discussed in Parameters. Advanced Tips and tricks are detailed, and some options for Customization are outlined for those more familiar with Sherpa. There is also a short description of the different Examples provided with Sherpa.

The construction of Monte Carlo programs requires several assumptions, approximations and simplifications of complicated physics aspects. The results of event generators should therefore always be verified and cross-checked with results obtained by other programs, and they should be interpreted with care and common sense.


1.2 Basic structure

Sherpa is a modular program. This reflects the paradigm of Monte Carlo event generation, with the full simulation is split into well defined event phases, based on QCD factorization theorems. Accordingly, each module encapsulates a different aspect of event generation for high-energy particle reactions. It resides within its own namespace and is located in its own subdirectory of the same name. The main module called SHERPA steers the interplay of all modules – or phases – and the actual generation of the events. Altogether, the following modules are currently distributed with the Sherpa framework:

  • ATOOLS

    This is the toolbox for all other modules. Since the Sherpa framework does not rely on CLHEP etc., the ATOOLS contain classes with mathematical tools like vectors and matrices, organization tools such as read-in or write-out devices, and physics tools like particle data or classes for the event record.

  • METOOLS

    In this module some general methods for the evaluation of helicity amplitudes have been accumulated. They are used in AMEGIC++ , the EXTRA_XS module, and the new matrix-element generator Comix. This module also contains helicity amplitudes for some generic matrix elements, that are, e.g., used by HADRONS++ . Further, METOOLS also contains a simple library of tensor integrals which are used in the PHOTONS++ matrix element corrections.

  • BEAM

    This module manages the treatment of the initial beam spectra for different colliders. The three options which are currently available include a monochromatic beam, which requires no extra treatment, photon emission in the Equivalent Photon Approximation (EPA) and - for the case of an electron collider - laser backscattering off the electrons, leading to photonic initial states.

  • PDF

    The PDF module provides access to various parton density functions (PDFs) for the proton and the photon. In addition, it hosts an interface to the LHAPDF package, which makes a full wealth of PDFs available. An (analytical) electron structure function is supplied in the PDF module as well.

  • MODEL

    This module sets up the physics model for the simulation. It initializes particle properties, basic physics parameters (coupling constants, mixing angles, etc.) and the set of available interaction vertices (Feynman rules). By now, there exist explicit implementations of the Standard Model (SM), its Minimal Supersymmetric extension (MSSM), the ADD model of large extra dimensions, and a comprehensive set of operators parametrizing anomalous triple and quartic electroweak gauge boson couplings. An Interface to FeynRules is also available.

  • EXTRA_XS

    In this module a (limited) collection of analytic expressions for simple 2->2 processes within the SM are provided together with classes embedding them into the Sherpa framework. This also includes methods used for the definition of the starting conditions for parton-shower evolution, such as colour connections and the hard scale of the process.

  • AMEGIC++

    AMEGIC++ [Kra01] is Sherpa ’s original matrix-element generator. It employs the method of helicity amplitudes [Kle85], [Bal92] and works as a generator, which generates generators: During the initialization run the matrix elements for a given set of processes, as well as their specific phase-space mappings are created by AMEGIC++ . Corresponding C++ sourcecode is written to disk and compiled by the user using the makelibs script or scons. The produced libraries are linked to the main program automatically in the next run and used to calculate cross sections and to generate weighted or unweighted events. AMEGIC++ has been tested for multi-particle production in the Standard Model [Gle03b]. Its MSSM implementation has been validated in [Hag05].

  • COMIX

    Comix is a multi-leg tree-level matrix element generator, based on the color dressed Berends-Giele recursive relations [Duh06]. It employs a new algorithm to recursively compute phase-space weights. The module is a useful supplement to older matrix element generators like AMEGIC++ in the high multiplicity regime. Due to the usage of colour sampling it is particularly suited for an interface with parton shower simulations and can hence be easily employed for the ME-PS merging within Sherpa. It is Sherpa’s default large multiplicity matrix element generator for the Standard Model.

  • PHASIC++

    All base classes dealing with the Monte Carlo phase-space integration are located in this module. For the evaluation of the initial-state (laser backscattering, initial-state radiation) and final-state integrals, the adaptive multi-channel method of [Kle94], [Ber94] is used by default together with a Vegas optimization [Lep80] of the single channels. In addition, final-state integration accomplished by Rambo [Kle85a], Sarge [Dra00] and HAAG [Ham02] is supported.

  • CSSHOWER++

    This is the module hosting Sherpa’s default parton shower, which was published in [Sch07a]. The corresponding shower model was originally proposed in [Nag05], [Nag06]. It relies on the factorisation of real-emission matrix elements in the CS subtraction framework [Cat96b], [Cat02]. There exist four general types of CS dipole terms that capture the complete infrared singularity structure of next-to-leading order QCD amplitudes. In the large-N_C limit, the corresponding splitter and spectator partons are always adjacent in colour space. The dipole functions for the various cases, taken in four dimensions and averaged over spins, are used as shower splitting kernels.

  • DIRE

    This is the module hosting Sherpa’s alternative parton shower [Hoe15]. In the Dire model, the ordering variable exhibits a symmetry in emitter and spectator momenta, such that the dipole-like picture of the evolution can be re-interpreted as a dipole picture in the soft limit. At the same time, the splitting functions are regularized in the soft anti-collinear region using partial fractioning of the soft eikonal in the Catani-Seymour approach [Cat96b], [Cat02]. They are then modified to satisfy the sum rules in the collinear limit. This leads to an invariant formulation of the parton-shower algorithm, which is in complete analogy to the standard DGLAP case, but generates the correct soft anomalous dimension at one-loop order.

  • AMISIC++

    AMISIC++ contains classes for the simulation of multiple parton interactions according to [Sjo87]. In Sherpa the treatment of multiple interactions has been extended by allowing for the simultaneous evolution of an independent parton shower in each of the subsequent (semi-)hard collisions. The beam–beam remnants are organized such that partons which are adjacent in colour space are also adjacent in momentum space. The corresponding classes for beam remnant handling reside in the PDF and SHERPA modules.

  • AHADIC++

    AHADIC++ is Sherpa ’s hadronization package, for translating the partons (quarks and gluons) into primordial hadrons, to be further decayed in HADRONS++. The algorithm bases on the cluster fragmentation ideas presented in [Got82], [Got83], [Web83], [Got86] and implemented in the Herwig family of event generators. The actual Sherpa implementation, based on [Win03], differs from the original model in several respects.

  • HADRONS++

    HADRONS++ is the module for simulating hadron and tau-lepton decays. The resulting decay products respect full spin correlations (if desired). Several matrix elements and form-factor models have been implemented, such as the Kühn-Santamaría model, form-factor parametrizations from Resonance Chiral Theory for the tau and form factors from heavy quark effective theory or light cone sum rules for hadron decays.

  • PHOTONS++

    The PHOTONS++ module holds routines to add QED radiation to hadron and tau-lepton decays. This has been achieved by an implementation of the YFS algorithm [Yen61]. The structure of PHOTONS++ is such that the formalism can be extended to scattering processes and to a systematic improvement to higher orders of perturbation theory [Sch08]. The application of PHOTONS++ therefore accounts for corrections that usually are added by the application of PHOTOS [Bar93] to the final state.

  • SHERPA

    Finally, SHERPA is the steering module that initializes, controls and evaluates the different phases during the entire process of event generation. All routines for the combination of truncated showers and matrix elements, which are independent of the specific matrix element and parton shower generator are found in this module.

The actual executable of the Sherpa generator can be found in the subdirectory <prefix>/bin/ and is called Sherpa. To run the program, input files have to be provided in the current working directory or elsewhere by specifying the corresponding path, see Input structure. All output files are then written to this directory as well.


2 Getting started


2.1 Installation

Sherpa is distributed as a tarred and gzipped file named SHERPA-MC-2.2.14.tar.gz, and can be unpacked in the current working directory with

 tar -zxf SHERPA-MC-2.2.14.tar.gz

Alternatively, it can also be accessed via Git through the location specified on the download page. In that case, before continuing, it is necessary to construct the build scripts by running autoreconf -i once after cloning the Git repo.

To guarantee successful installation, the following tools should be available on the system:

  • C++ and Fortran compilers (e.g. from the gcc suite)
  • make
  • SQLite 3 (including the -dev package if installed through a package manager)

If SQLite is installed in a non-standard location, please specify the installation path using option --with-sqlite3=/path/to/sqlite. If SQLite is not installed on your system, the Sherpa configure script provides the fallback option of installing it into the same directory as Sherpa itself. To do so, please run configure with option --with-sqlite3=install (This may not work if you are cross-compiling using --host. In this case, please install SQLite by yourself and reconfigure using --with-sqlite3=/path/to/sqlite).

Compilation and installation proceed through the following commands:

 ./configure

 make install

If not specified differently, the directory structure after installation is organized as follows

$(prefix)/bin

Sherpa executeable and scripts

$(prefix)/include

headers for process library compilation

$(prefix)/lib

basic libraries

$(prefix)/share

PDFs, Decaydata, fallback run cards

The installation directory $(prefix) can be specified by using the ./configure --prefix /path/to/installation/target directive and defaults to the current working directory.

If Sherpa has to be moved to a different directory after the installation, one has to set the following environment variables for each run:

  • SHERPA_INCLUDE_PATH=$newprefix/include/SHERPA-MC
  • SHERPA_SHARE_PATH=$newprefix/share/SHERPA-MC
  • SHERPA_LIBRARY_PATH=$newprefix/lib/SHERPA-MC
  • LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$SHERPA_LIBRARY_PATH:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH

Sherpa can be interfaced with various external packages, e.g. HepMC, for event output, or LHAPDF, for PDFs. For this to work, the user has to pass the appropriate commands to the configure step. This is achieved as shown below:

./configure --enable-hepmc2=/path/to/hepmc2 --enable-lhapdf=/path/to/lhapdf

Here, the paths have to point to the top level installation directories of the external packages, i.e. the ones containing the lib/, share/, ... subdirectories.

For a complete list of possible configuration options run ‘./configure --help’.

The Sherpa package has successfully been compiled, installed and tested on many different Linux systems using the GNU C++ compiler as well as on Mac OS X 10 using the GNU C++ compiler.

If you have multiple compilers installed on your system, you can use shell environment variables to specify which of these are to be used. A list of the available variables is printed with

./configure --help

in the Sherpa top level directory and looking at the last lines. Depending on the shell you are using, you can set these variables e.g. with export (bash) or setenv (csh). Examples:

export CXX=g++-10.2
export CC=gcc-10.2
export CXXCPP=cpp-10.2

Installation on Cray XE6 / XK7

Sherpa has been installed successfully on Cray XE6 and Cray XK7. The following configure command should be used

./configure <your options> --enable-mpi --host=i686-pc-linux CC=CC CXX=CC FC='ftn -fPIC' LDFLAGS=-dynamic

Sherpa can then be run with

aprun -n <nofcores> <prefix>/bin/Sherpa -lrun.log

The modularity of the code requires setting the environment variable CRAY_ROOTFS, cf. the Cray system documentation.

Installation on IBM BlueGene/Q

Sherpa has been installed successfully on an IBM BlueGene/Q system. The following configure command should be used

./configure <your options> --enable-mpi --host=powerpc64-bgq-linux CC=mpic++ CXX=mpic++ FC='mpif90 -fPIC -funderscoring' LDFLAGS=-dynamic

Sherpa can then be run with

qsub -A <account> -n <nofcores> -t 60 --mode c16 <prefix>/bin/Sherpa -lrun.log

MacOS Installation

Since it is more complicated to set up the necessary compiler environment on a Mac we recommend using a package manager to install Sherpa and its dependencies. David Hall is hosting a repository for Homebrew packages at: http://davidchall.github.io/homebrew-hep/

In case you are compiling yourself, please be aware of the following issues which have come up on Mac installations before:

  • On 10.4 and 10.5 only gfortran is supported, and you will have to install it e.g. from HPC
  • If you want to reconfigure, i.e. run the command autoreconf or (g)libtoolize, you have to make sure that you have a recent version of GNU libtool (>=1.5.22 has been tested). Don’t confuse this with the native non-GNU libtool which is installed in /usr/bin/libtool and of no use! Also make sure that your autools (autoconf >= 2.61, automake >= 1.10 have been tested) are of recent versions. All this should not be necessary though, if you only run configure.
  • Make sure that you don’t have two versions of g++ and libstdc++ installed and being used inconsistently. This appeared e.g. when the gcc suite was installed through Fink to get gfortran. This caused Sherpa to use the native MacOS compilers but link the libstdc++ from Fink (which is located in /sw/lib). You can find out which libraries are used by Sherpa by running otool -L bin/Sherpa

2.2 Running Sherpa

The Sherpa executable resides in the directory <prefix>/bin/ where <prefix> denotes the path to the Sherpa installation directory. The way a particular simulation will be accomplished is defined by several parameters, which can all be listed in a common file, or data card (Parameters can be alternatively specified on the command line; more details are given in Input structure). This steering file is called Run.dat and some example setups (i.e. Run.dat files) are distributed with the current version of Sherpa. They can be found in the directory <prefix>/share/SHERPA-MC/Examples/, and descriptions of some of their key features can be found in the section Examples.

Please note: It is not in general possible to reuse run cards from previous Sherpa versions. Often there are small changes in the parameter syntax of the run cards from one version to the next. These changes are documented in our manuals. In addition, always use the newer Hadron.dat and Decaydata directories (and reapply any changes which you might have applied to the old ones), see Hadron decays.

The very first step in running Sherpa is therefore to adjust all parameters to the needs of the desired simulation. The details for doing this properly are given in Parameters. In this section, the focus is on the main issues for a successful operation of Sherpa. This is illustrated by discussing and referring to the parameter settings that come in the run card ./Examples/V_plus_Jets/LHC_ZJets/Run.dat, cf. Z+jets production. This is a simple run card created to show the basics of how to operate Sherpa. It should be stressed that this run-card relies on many of Sherpa’s default settings, and, as such, you should understand those settings before using it to look at physics. For more information on the settings and parameters in Sherpa, see Parameters, and for more examples see the Examples section.

2.2.1 Process selection and initialization

Central to any Monte Carlo simulation is the choice of the hard processes that initiate the events. These hard processes are described by matrix elements. In Sherpa, the selection of processes happens in the (processes) part of the steering file. Only a few 2->2 reactions have been hard-coded. They are available in the EXTRA_XS module. The more usual way to compute matrix elements is to employ one of Sherpa’s automated tree-level generators, AMEGIC++ and Comix, see Basic structure. If no matrix-element generator is selected, using the ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR tag, then Sherpa will use whichever generator is capable of calculating the process, checking Comix first, then AMEGIC++ and then EXTRA_XS. Therefore, for some processes, several of the options are used. In this example, however, all processes will be calculated by Comix.

To begin with the example, the Sherpa run has to be started by changing into the <prefix>/share/SHERPA-MC/Examples/V_plus_Jets/LHC_ZJets/ directory and executing

<prefix>/bin/Sherpa 

You may also run from an arbitrary directory, employing <prefix>/bin/Sherpa PATH=<prefix>/share/SHERPA-MC/Examples/V_plus_Jets/LHC_ZJets. In the example, the keyword PATH is specified by an absolute path. It may also be specified relative to the current working directory. If it is not specified at all or it is omitted, the current working directory is understood.

For good book-keeping, it is highly recommended to reserve different subdirectories for different simulations as is demonstrated with the example setups.

If AMEGIC++ is used, Sherpa requires an initialization run, where C++ source code is written to disk. This code must be compiled into dynamic libraries by the user by running the makelibs script in the working directory. Alternatively, if scons is installed, you may invoke <prefix>/bin/make2scons and run scons install. After this step Sherpa is run again for the actual cross section integrations and event generation. For more information on and examples of how to run Sherpa using AMEGIC++, see Running Sherpa with AMEGIC++.

If the internal hard-coded matrix elements or Comix are used, and AMEGIC++ is not, an initialization run is not needed, and Sherpa will calculate the cross sections and generate events during the first run.

As the cross sections are integrated, the integration over phase space is optimized to arrive at an efficient event generation. Subsequently events are generated if EVENTS was specified either on the command line or added to the (run) section in the Run.dat file.

The generated events are not stored into a file by default; for details on how to store the events see Event output formats. Note that the computational effort to go through this procedure of generating, compiling and integrating the matrix elements of the hard processes depends on the complexity of the parton-level final states. For low multiplicities ( 2->2,3,4 ), of course, it can be followed instantly.

Usually more than one generation run is wanted. As long as the parameters that affect the matrix-element integration are not changed, it is advantageous to store the cross sections obtained during the generation run for later use. This saves CPU time especially for large final-state multiplicities of the matrix elements. Per default, Sherpa stores these integration results in a directory called Results/. The name of the output directory can be customised via

<prefix>/bin/Sherpa RESULT_DIRECTORY=<result>/

see RESULT_DIRECTORY. The storage of the integration results can be prevented by either using

<prefix>/bin/Sherpa GENERATE_RESULT_DIRECTORY=0

or the command line option -g can be invoked, see Command line options.

If physics parameters change, the cross sections have to be recomputed. The new results should either be stored in a new directory or the <result> directory may be re-used once it has been emptied. Parameters which require a recomputation are any parameters affecting the Models, Matrix elements or Selectors. Standard examples are changing the magnitude of couplings, renormalisation or factorisation scales, changing the PDF or centre-of-mass energy, or, applying different cuts at the parton level. If unsure whether a recomputation is required, a simple test is to remove the RESULT_DIRECTORY option from the run command and check whether the new integration numbers (statistically) comply with the stored ones.

A warning on the validity of the process libraries is in order here: it is absolutely mandatory to generate new library files, whenever the physics model is altered, i.e. particles are added or removed and hence new or existing diagrams may or may not anymore contribute to the same final states. Also, when particle masses are switched on or off, new library files must be generated (however, masses may be changed between non-zero values keeping the same process libraries). The best recipe is to create a new and separate setup directory in such cases. Otherwise the Process and Results directories have to be erased:

rm -rf Process/ Results/

In either case one has to start over with the whole initialization procedure to prepare for the generation of events.

2.2.2 The example set-up: Z+Jets at the LHC

The setup file ( Run.dat ) provided in ./Examples/V_plus_Jets/LHC_ZJets/ can be considered as a standard example to illustrate the generation of fully hadronised events in Sherpa, cf. Z+jets production. Such events will include effects from parton showering, hadronisation into primary hadrons and their subsequent decays into stable hadrons. Moreover, the example chosen here nicely demonstrates how Sherpa is used in the context of merging matrix elements and parton showers [Hoe09]. In addition to the aforementioned corrections, this simulation of inclusive Drell-Yan production (electron-positron channel) will then include higher-order jet corrections at the tree level. As a result the transverse-momentum distribution of the Drell-Yan pair and the individual jet multiplicities as measured by the ATLAS and CMS collaborations at the LHC can be well described.

Before event generation, the initialization procedure as described in Process selection and initialization has to be completed. The matrix-element processes included in the setup are the following:

  proton proton -> parton parton -> electron positron + up to four partons

In the (processes) part of the steering file this translates into

  Process 93 93 -> 11 -11 93{4}
  Order (*,2);
  CKKW sqr(30/E_CMS)
  End process;

The physics model for these processes is the Standard Model (SM) which is the default setting of the parameter MODEL and is therefore not set explicitly. Fixing the order of electroweak couplings to 2, matrix elements of all partonic subprocesses for Drell-Yan production without any and with up to two extra QCD parton emissions will be generated. Proton–proton collisions are considered at beam energies of 3.5 TeV. The default PDF used by Sherpa is CT10. Model parameters and couplings can be set in section (run) of Run.dat. Similarly, the way couplings are treated can be defined. As no options are set the default parameters and scale setting procedures are used.

The QCD radiation matrix elements have to be regularised to obtain meaningful cross sections. This is achieved by specifying ‘CKKW sqr(30/E_CMS)’ in the (processes) part of Run.dat. Simultaneously, this tag initiates the ME-PS merging procedure. To eventually obtain fully hadronized events, the FRAGMENTATION tag has been left on it’s default setting Ahadic (and therefore been omitted from the run card), which will run Sherpa’s cluster hadronisation, and the tag DECAYMODEL has it’s default setting Hadrons, which will run Sherpa’s hadron decays. Additionally corrections owing to photon emissions are taken into account.

To run this example set-up, use the

<prefix>/bin/Sherpa 

command as descibed in Running Sherpa. Sherpa displays some output as it runs. At the start of the run, Sherpa initializes the relevant model, and displays a table of particles, with their PDG codes and some properties. It also displays the Particle containers, and their contents. The other relevant parts of Sherpa are initialized, including the matrix element generator(s). The Sherpa output will look like:

Initialized the beams Monochromatic*Monochromatic
PDF set 'ct10' loaded for beam 1 (P+).
PDF set 'ct10' loaded for beam 2 (P+).
Initialized the ISR: (SF)*(SF)
Initialize the Standard Model from  / Model.dat
One_Running_AlphaS::One_Running_AlphaS() {
  Setting \alpha_s according to PDF
  perturbative order 1
  \alpha_s(M_Z) = 0.118
}
One_Running_AlphaS::One_Running_AlphaS() {
  Setting \alpha_s according to PDF
  perturbative order 1
  \alpha_s(M_Z) = 0.118
}
Initialized the Soft_Collision_Handler.
Init shower for 1.
CS_Shower::CS_Shower(): Set core m_T mode 0
Shower::Shower(asfacs: IS = 0.73, FS = 1.38)
Init shower for 2.
CS_Shower::CS_Shower(): Set core m_T mode 0
Shower::Shower(asfacs: IS = 0.73, FS = 1.38)
Initialized the Shower_Handler.
+----------------------------------+
|                                  |
|      CCC  OOO  M   M I X   X     |
|     C    O   O MM MM I  X X      |
|     C    O   O M M M I   X       |
|     C    O   O M   M I  X X      |
|      CCC  OOO  M   M I X   X     |
|                                  |
+==================================+
|  Color dressed  Matrix Elements  |
|     http://comix.freacafe.de     |
|   please cite  JHEP12(2008)039   |
+----------------------------------+
Matrix_Element_Handler::BuildProcesses(): Looking for processes . done ( 23252 kB, 0s ).
Matrix_Element_Handler::InitializeProcesses(): Performing tests . done ( 23252 kB, 0s ).
Initialized the Matrix_Element_Handler for the hard processes.
Initialized the Beam_Remnant_Handler.
Hadron_Init::Init(): Initializing kf table for hadrons.
Initialized the Fragmentation_Handler.
Initialized the Soft_Photon_Handler.
Hadron_Decay_Map::Read:   Initializing HadronDecays.dat. This may take some time.
Initialized the Hadron_Decay_Handler, Decay model = Hadrons
R@end verbatim
@end smallformat

Then Sherpa will start to integrate the cross sections. The output will look 
like:
@smallformat
@verbatim
Process_Group::CalculateTotalXSec(): Calculate xs for '2_2__j__j__e-__e+' (Comix)
Starting the calculation at 11:58:56. Lean back and enjoy ... .
822.035 pb +- ( 16.9011 pb = 2.05601 % ) 5000 ( 11437 -> 43.7 % )
full optimization:  ( 0s elapsed / 22s left ) [11:58:56]   
841.859 pb +- ( 11.6106 pb = 1.37916 % ) 10000 ( 18153 -> 74.4 % )
full optimization:  ( 0s elapsed / 21s left ) [11:58:57]   
...

The first line here displays the process which is being calculated. In this example, the integration is for the 2->2 process, parton, parton -> electron, positron. The matrix element generator used is displayed after the process. As the integration progresses, summary lines are displayed, like the one shown above. The current estimate of the cross section is displayed, along with its statistical error estimate. The number of phase space points calculated is displayed after this (10000 in this example), and the efficiency is displayed after that. On the line below, the time elapsed is shown, and an estimate of the total time till the optimisation is complete. In square brackets is an output of the system clock.

When the integration is complete, the output will look like:

...
852.77 pb +- ( 0.337249 pb = 0.0395475 % ) 300000 ( 313178 -> 98.8 % )
integration time:  ( 19s elapsed / 0s left ) [12:01:35]   
852.636 pb +- ( 0.330831 pb = 0.038801 % ) 310000 ( 323289 -> 98.8 % )
integration time:  ( 19s elapsed / 0s left ) [12:01:35]   
2_2__j__j__e-__e+ : 852.636 pb +- ( 0.330831 pb = 0.038801 % )  exp. eff: 13.4945 %
  reduce max for 2_2__j__j__e-__e+ to 0.607545 ( eps = 0.001 ) 

with the final cross section result and its statistical error displayed.

Sherpa will then move on to integrate the other processes specified in the run card.

When the integration is complete, the event generation will start. As the events are being generated, Sherpa will display a summary line stating how many events have been generated, and an estimate of how long it will take. When the event generation is complete, Sherpa’s output looks like:

...
Event 10000 ( 58 s total )                                         
In Event_Handler::Finish : Summarizing the run may take some time.
+----------------------------------------------------+
|                                                    |
|  Total XS is 900.147 pb +- ( 8.9259 pb = 0.99 % )  |
|                                                    |
+----------------------------------------------------+

A summary of the number of events generated is displayed, with the total cross section for the process.

The generated events are not stored into a file by default; for details on how to store the events see Event output formats.

2.2.3 Parton-level event generation with Sherpa

Sherpa has its own tree-level matrix-element generators called AMEGIC++ and Comix. Furthermore, with the module PHASIC++, sophisticated and robust tools for phase-space integration are provided. Therefore Sherpa obviously can be used as a cross-section integrator. Because of the way Monte Carlo integration is accomplished, this immediately allows for parton-level event generation. Taking the LHC_ZJets setup, users have to modify just a few settings in Run.dat and would arrive at a parton-level generation for the process gluon down-quark to electron positron and down-quark, to name an example. When, for instance, the options “EVENTS=0 OUTPUT=2” are added to the command line, a pure cross-section integration for that process would be obtained with the results plus integration errors written to the screen.

For the example, the (processes) section alters to

  Process : 21 1 -> 11 -11 1
  Order (*,2);
  End process

and under the assumption to start afresh, the initialization procedure has to be followed as before. Picking the same collider environment as in the previous example there are only two more changes before the Run.dat file is ready for the calculation of the hadronic cross section of the process g d to e- e+ d at LHC and subsequent parton-level event generation with Sherpa. These changes read SHOWER_GENERATOR=None, to switch off parton showering, FRAGMENTATION=Off, to do so for the hadronisation effects, MI_HANDLER=None, to switch off multiparton interactions, and ME_QED=Off, to switch off resummed QED corrections onto the Z -> e- e+ decay. Additionally, the non-perturbative intrinsic transverse momentum may be wished to not be taken into account, therefore set BEAM_REMNANTS=0;.

2.2.4 Multijet merged event generation with Sherpa

For a large fraction of LHC final states, the application of reconstruction algorithms leads to the identification of several hard jets. Calculations therefore need to describe as accurately as possible both the hard jet production as well as the subsequent evolution and the interplay of multiple such topologies. Several scales determine the evolution of the event.

Various such merging schemes have been proposed: [Cat01a], [Lon01], [Man01], [Kra02], [Man06], [Lav08], [Hoe09], [Ham09a], [Ham10], [Hoe10], [Lon11], [Hoe12a], [Geh12], [Lon12b], [Lon12a]. Comparisons of the older approaches can be found e.g. in [Hoc06], [Alw07]. The currently most advanced treatment at tree-level, detailed in [Hoe09], [Hoe09a], [Car09], is implemented in Sherpa.

How to setup a multijet merged calculation is detailed in most Examples, eg. W+jets production, Z+jets production or Top quark (pair) + jets production.

2.2.5 Running Sherpa with AMEGIC++

When Sherpa is run using the matrix element generator AMEGIC++, it is necessary to run it twice. During the first run (the initialization run) Feynman diagrams for the hard processes are constructed and translated into helicity amplitudes. Furthermore suitable phase-space mappings are produced. The amplitudes and corresponding integration channels are written to disk as C++ sourcecode, placed in a subdirectory called Process. The initialization run is started using the standard Sherpa executable, as decribed in Running Sherpa. The relevant command is

<prefix>/bin/Sherpa 

The initialization run stops with the message "New libraries created. Please compile.", which is nothing but the request to carry out the compilation and linking procedure for the generated matrix-element libraries. The makelibs script, provided for this purpose and created in the working directory, must be invoked by the user (see ./makelibs -h for help):

./makelibs

Note that the following tools have to be available for this step: autoconf, automake and libtool.

Alternatively, if scons is installed, you may invoke <prefix>/bin/make2scons and run scons install. If scons was detected during the compilation of Sherpa, also makelibs uses scons per default (can be forced to use autotools by ./makelibs -s.

Afterwards Sherpa can be restarted using the same command as before. In this run (the generation run) the cross sections of the hard processes are evaluated. Simultaneously the integration over phase space is optimized to arrive at an efficient event generation.


2.3 Cross section determination

To determine the total cross section, in particular in the context of multijet merging with Sherpa, the final output of the event generation run should be used, e.g.

+-----------------------------------------------------+
|                                                     |
|  Total XS is 1612.17 pb +- ( 8.48908 pb = 0.52 % )  |
|                                                     |
+-----------------------------------------------------+

Note that the Monte Carlo error quoted for the total cross section is determined during event generation. It, therefore, might differ substantially from the errors quoted during the integration step, and it can be reduced simply by generating more events.

In contrast to plain fixed order results, Sherpa’s total cross section in multijet merging setups (MEPS, MENLOPS, MEPS@NLO) is composed of values from various fixed order processes, namely those which are combined by applying the multijet merging, see Multijet merged event generation with Sherpa. In this context, it is important to note:

The higher multiplicity tree-level cross sections determined during the integration step are meaningless by themselves, only the inclusive cross section printed at the end of the event generation run is to be used.

Sherpa total cross sections have leading order accuracy when the generator is run in LO merging mode (MEPS), in NLO merging (MENLOPS, MEPS@NLO) mode they have NLO accuracy.

2.3.1 Differential cross sections from single events

To calculate the expectation value of an observable defined through a series of cuts and requirements each event produced by Sherpa has to be evaluated whether it meets the required criteria. The expectation value is then given by

<O> = 1/N_trial * \sum_i^n w_i(\Phi_i) O(\Phi_i) .

Therein the w_i(\Phi_i) are the weight of the event with the phase space configuration \Phi_i and O(\Phi_i) is the value of the observable at this point. N_trial = \sum_i^n n_trial,i is the sum of number of trials n_trial,i of all events. A good cross check is to reproduce the inclusive cross section as quoted by Sherpa (see above).

In case of unweighted events one might want to rescale the uniform event weight to unity using w_norm. The above equation then reads

<O> = w_norm/N_trial * \sum_i^n w_i(\Phi_i)/w_norm O(\Phi_i) .

wherein w_i(\Phi_i)/w_norm = 1, ie. the sum simply counts how many events pass the observable’s selection criteria. If however, PartiallyUnweighted event weights or Enhance_Factor or Enhance_Observable are used, this is no longer the case and the full form needs to be used.

All required quantities, w_i, w_norm and n_trial,i, accompany each event and are written e.g. into the HepMC output (cf. Event output formats).


3 Command line options

The available command line options for Sherpa.

-f <file>

Read input from file ‘<file>’.

-p <path>

Read input file from path ‘<path>’.

-L <path>

Set Sherpa library path to ‘<path>’, see SHERPA_CPP_PATH.

-e <events>

Set number of events to generate ‘<events>’, see EVENTS.

-t <events>

Set the event type to ‘<events>’, see EVENT_TYPE.

-r <results>

Set the result directory to ‘<results>’, see RESULT_DIRECTORY.

-R <seed>

Set the seed of the random number generator to ‘<seed>’, see RANDOM_SEED.

-m <generators>

Set the matrix element generator list to ‘<generators>’, see ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR.

-w <mode>

Set the event generation mode to ‘<mode>’, see EVENT_GENERATION_MODE.

-s <generator>

Set the parton shower generator to ‘<generator>’, see SHOWER_GENERATOR.

-F <module>

Set the fragmentation module to ‘<module>’, see Fragmentation.

-D <module>

Set the hadron decay module to ‘<module>’, see Hadron decays.

-a <analyses>

Set the analysis handler list to ‘<analyses>’, see ANALYSIS.

-A <path>

Set the analysis output path to ‘<path>’, see ANALYSIS_OUTPUT.

-O <level>

Set general output level ‘<level>’, see OUTPUT.

-o <level>

Set output level for event generation ‘<level>’, see OUTPUT.

-l <logfile>

Set log file name ‘<logfile>’, see LOG_FILE.

-g

Do not create result directory, see RESULT_DIRECTORY.

-b

Switch to non-batch mode, see BATCH_MODE.

-V

Print extended version information at startup.

-v, --version

Print versioning information.

-h, --help

Print a help message.

PARAMETER=VALUE

Set the value of a parameter, see Parameters.

TAG:=VALUE

Set the value of a tag, see Tags.


4 Input structure

A Sherpa setup is steered by various parameters, associated with the different components of event generation.

These have to be specified in a run-card which by default is named “Run.dat” in the current working directory. If you want to use a different setup directory for your Sherpa run, you have to specify it on the command line as ‘-p <dir>’ or ‘PATH=<dir>’. To read parameters from a run-card with a different name, you may specify ‘-f <file>’ or ‘RUNDATA=<file>’.

Sherpa’s parameters are grouped according to the different aspects of event generation, e.g. the beam parameters in the group ‘(beam)’ and the fragmentation parameters in the group ‘(fragmentation)’. In the run-card this looks like:

  (beam){
    BEAM_ENERGY_1 = 7000.
    ...
  }(beam)

Each of these groups is described in detail in another chapter of this manual, see Parameters.

If such a section or file does not exist in the setup directory, a Sherpa-wide fallback mechanism is employed, searching the file in various locations in the following order (where $SHERPA_DAT_PATH is an optionally set environment variable):

  • $SHERPA_DAT_PATH/<PATH>/
  • $SHERPA_DAT_PATH/
  • $prefix/share/SHERPA-MC/<PATH>/
  • $prefix/share/SHERPA-MC/

All parameters can be overwritten on the command line, i.e. command-line input has the highest priority. The syntax is

  <prefix>/bin/Sherpa  KEYWORD1=value1 KEYWORD2=value2 ...

To change, e.g., the default number of events, the corresponding command line reads

  <prefix>/bin/Sherpa  EVENTS=10000

All over Sherpa, particles are defined by the particle code proposed by the PDG. These codes and the particle properties will be listed during each run with ‘OUTPUT=2’ for the elementary particles and ‘OUTPUT=4’ for the hadrons. In both cases, antiparticles are characterized by a minus sign in front of their code, e.g. a mu- has code ‘13’, while a mu+ has ‘-13’.

All quantities have to be specified in units of GeV and millimeter. The same units apply to all numbers in the event output (momenta, vertex positions). Scattering cross sections are denoted in pico-barn in the output.

There are a few extra features for an easier handling of the parameter file(s), namely global tag replacement, see Tags, and algebra interpretation, see Interpreter.


Next: , Up: Input structure   [Contents][Index]

4.1 Interpreter

Sherpa has a built-in interpreter for algebraic expressions, like ‘cos(5/180*M_PI)’. This interpreter is employed when reading integer and floating point numbers from input files, such that certain parameters can be written in a more convenient fashion. For example it is possible to specify the factorisation scale as ‘sqr(91.188)’.
There are predefined tags to alleviate the handling

M_PI

Ludolph’s Number to a precision of 12 digits.

M_C

The speed of light in the vacuum.

E_CMS

The total centre of mass energy of the collision.

The expression syntax is in general C-like, except for the extra function ‘sqr’, which gives the square of its argument. Operator precedence is the same as in C. The interpreter can handle functions with an arbitrary list of parameters, such as ‘min’ and ‘max’.
The interpreter can be employed to construct arbitrary variables from four momenta, like e.g. in the context of a parton level selector, see Selectors. The corresponding functions are

Mass(v)

The invariant mass of v in GeV.

Abs2(v)

The invariant mass squared of v in GeV^2.

PPerp(v)

The transverse momentum of v in GeV.

PPerp2(v)

The transverse momentum squared of v in GeV^2.

MPerp(v)

The transverse mass of v in GeV.

MPerp2(v)

The transverse mass squared of v in GeV^2.

Theta(v)

The polar angle of v in radians.

Eta(v)

The pseudorapidity of v.

Y(v)

The rapidity of v.

Phi(v)

The azimuthal angle of v in radians.

Comp(v,i)

The i’th component of the vector v. i=0 is the energy/time component, i=1, 2, and 3 are the x, y, and z components.

PPerpR(v1,v2)

The relative transverse momentum between v1 and v2 in GeV.

ThetaR(v1,v2)

The relative angle between v1 and v2 in radians.

DEta(v1,v2)

The pseudo-rapidity difference between v1 and v2.

DY(v1,v2)

The rapidity difference between v1 and v2.

DPhi(v1,v2)

The relative polar angle between v1 and v2 in radians.


Previous: , Up: Input structure   [Contents][Index]

4.2 Tags

Tag replacement in Sherpa is performed through the data reading routines, which means that it can be performed for virtually all inputs. Specifying a tag on the command line using the syntax ‘<Tag>:=<Value>’ will replace every occurrence of ‘<Tag>’ in all files during read-in. An example tag definition could read

  <prefix>/bin/Sherpa QCUT:=20 NJET:=3

and then be used in the (me) and (processes) sections like

  (me){
    RESULT_DIRECTORY Result_QCUT;
  }(me)
  (processes){
    Process 93 93 -> 11 -11 93{NJET};
    Order (*,2);
    CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
    End process;
  }(processes)

5 Parameters

A Sherpa setup is steered by various parameters, associated with the different components of event generation. These are set in Sherpa’s run-card, see Input structure for more details. Tag replacements may be performed in all inputs, see Tags.


5.1 Run parameters

The following parameters describe general run information. They may be set in the (run) section of the run-card, see Input structure.


5.1.1 EVENTS

This parameter specifies the number of events to be generated.
It can alternatively be set on the command line through option -e, see Command line options.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.2 EVENT_TYPE

This parameter specifies the kind of events to be generated. It can alternatively be set on the command line through option -t, see Command line options.

  • The default event type is StandardPerturbative, which will generate a hard event through exact matrix elements matched and/or merged with the paerton shower, eventually including hadronization, hadron decays, etc..

Alternatively there are two more specialised modes, namely:

  • MinimumBias, which generates minimum bias events through the SHRIMPS model implemented in Sherpa, see Minimum bias events
  • HadronDecay, which allows to simulate the decays of a specific hadron.

Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.3 SHERPA_VERSION

This parameter ties a run card to a specific Sherpa version, e.g. 2.2.0. If two parameters are given they are interpreted as a range of Sherpa versions.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.4 TUNE

This parameter specifies which tune is to be used. Setting different tunes using this parameter ensures, that consistent settings are employed. This affects mostly Multiple interactions and Intrinsic Transverse Momentum parameters. Possible values are:

  • None The current version does not include alternative tunes.

Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.5 OUTPUT

This parameter specifies the screen output level (verbosity) of the program. If you are looking for event file output options please refer to section Event output formats.
It can alternatively be set on the command line through option -O, see Command line options. A different output level can be specified for the event generation step through EVT_OUTPUT or command line option -o, see Command line options

The value can be any sum of the following:

  • 0: Error messages (-> always displayed).
  • 1: Event display.
  • 2: Informational messages during the run.
  • 4: Tracking messages (lots of output).
  • 8: Debugging messages (even more output).

E.g. OUTPUT=3 would display information, events and errors.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.6 LOG_FILE

This parameter specifies the log file. If set, the standard output from Sherpa is written to the specified file, but output from child processes is not redirected. This option is particularly useful to produce clean log files when running the code in MPI mode, see MPI parallelization. A file name can alternatively be specified on the command line through option -l, see Command line options.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.7 RANDOM_SEED

Sherpa uses different random-number generators. The default is the Ran3 generator described in [ISBN-10:0521880688]. Alternatively, a combination of George Marsaglias KISS and SWB [Ann.Appl.Probab.1,3(1991)462] can be employed, see this website. The integer-valued seeds of the generators are specified by RANDOM_SEED=A .. D. They can also be set directly using RANDOM_SEED1=A through RANDOM_SEED4=D. The Ran3 generator takes only one argument. This value can also be set using the command line option -R, see Command line options.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.8 EVENT_SEED_MODE

The tag EVENT_SEED_MODE can be used to enforce the same seeds in different runs of the generator. When set to 1, existing random seed files are read and the seed is set to the next available value in the file before each event. When set to 2, seed files are written to disk. These files are gzip compressed, if Sherpa was compiled with option --enable-gzip. When set to 3, Sherpa uses an internal bookkeeping mechanism to advance to the next predefined seed. No seed files are written out or read in.


5.1.9 ANALYSIS

Analysis routines can be switched on or off by setting the ANALYSIS flag. The default is no analysis, corresponding to option 0. This parameter can also be specified on the command line using option -a, see Command line options.

The following analysis handlers are currently available

Internal

Sherpa’s internal analysis handler.
To use this option, the package must be configured with option --enable-analysis.
An output directory can be specified using ANALYSIS_OUTPUT.

Rivet

The Rivet package, see Rivet Website.
To enable it, Rivet and HepMC have to be installed and Sherpa must be configured as described in Rivet analyses.

HZTool

The HZTool package, see HZTool Website.
To enable it, HZTool and CERNLIB have to be installed and Sherpa must be configured as described in HZTool analyses.

Multiple options can be combined using a comma, e.g. ‘ANALYSIS=Internal,Rivet’.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.10 ANALYSIS_OUTPUT

Name of the directory for histogram files when using the internal analysis and name of the Aida file when using Rivet, see ANALYSIS. The directory / file will be created w.r.t. the working directory. The default value is Analysis/. This parameter can also be specified on the command line using option -A, see Command line options.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.11 TIMEOUT

A run time limitation can be given in user CPU seconds through TIMEOUT. This option is of some relevance when running SHERPA on a batch system. Since in many cases jobs are just terminated, this allows to interrupt a run, to store all relevant information and to restart it without any loss. This is particularly useful when carrying out long integrations. Alternatively, setting the TIMEOUT variable to -1, which is the default setting, translates into having no run time limitation at all. The unit is seconds.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.12 RLIMIT_AS

A memory limitation can be given to prevent Sherpa to crash the system it is running on as it continues to build up matrix elements and loads additional libraries at run time. Per default the maximum RAM of the system is determined and set as the memory limit. This can be changed by giving RLIMIT_AS=<size> where the size is given in the format 500 MB, 4 GB, or 10 %. The space between number and unit is mandatory. When running with MPI parallelization it might be necessary to divide the total maximum by the number of cores. This can be done by setting RLIMIT_BY_CPU=1.

Sherpa checks for memory leaks during integration and event generation. If the allocated memory after start of integration or event generation exceeds the parameter MEMLEAK_WARNING_THRESHOLD, a warning is printed. Like RLIMIT_AS, MEMLEAK_WARNING_THRESHOLD can be set using units. However, no spaces are allowed between the number and the unit. The warning threshold defaults to 16MB.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Run parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.1.13 BATCH_MODE

Whether or not to run Sherpa in batch mode. The default is 1, meaning Sherpa does not attempt to save runtime information when catching a signal or an exception. On the contrary, if option 0 is used, Sherpa will store potential integration information and analysis results, once the run is terminated abnormally. All possible settings are:

  • 0 Sherpa attempts to write out integration and analysis results when catching an exception.
  • 1 Sherpa does not attempt to write out integration and analysis results when catching an exception.
  • 2 Sherpa outputs the event counter continously, instead of overwriting the previous one (default when using LOG_FILE).
  • 4 Sherpa increases the on-screen event counter in constant steps of 100 instead of an increase relative to the current event number. The interval length can be adjusted with EVENT_DISPLAY_INTERVAL.
  • 8 Sherpa prints the name of the hard process for the last event at each print out.
  • 16 Sherpa prints the elapsed time and time left in seconds only.

The settings are additive such that multiple settings can be employed at the same time.

Note that when running the code on a cluster or in a grid environment, BATCH_MODE should always contain setting 1 (i.e. BATCH_MODE=[1|3|5|7]).

The command line option -b should therefore not be used in this case, see Command line options.


5.1.14 NUM_ACCURACY

The targeted numerical accuracy can be specified through NUM ACCURACY, e.g. for comparing two numbers. This might have to be reduced if gauge tests fail for numerical reasons.


5.1.15 SHERPA_CPP_PATH

The path in which Sherpa will eventually store dynamically created C++ source code. If not specified otherwise, sets SHERPA_LIB_PATH to ‘$SHERPA_CPP_PATH/Process/lib’. This value can also be set using the command line option -L, see Command line options.


5.1.16 SHERPA_LIB_PATH

The path in which Sherpa looks for dynamically linked libraries from previously created C++ source code, cf. SHERPA_CPP_PATH.


5.1.17 Event output formats

Sherpa provides the possibility to output events in various formats, e.g. the HepEVT common block structure or the HepMC format. The authors of Sherpa assume that the user is sufficiently acquainted with these formats when selecting them.

If the events are to be written to file, the parameter EVENT_OUTPUT must be specified together with a file name. An example would be EVENT_OUTPUT=HepMC_GenEvent[MyFile], where MyFile stands for the desired file base name. The following formats are currently available:

HepMC_GenEvent

Generates output in HepMC::IO_GenEvent format. The HepMC::GenEvent::m_weights weight vector stores the following items: [0] event weight, [1] combined matrix element and PDF weight (missing only phase space weight information, thus directly suitable for evaluating the matrix element value of the given configuration), [2] event weight normalisation (in case of unweighted events event weights of ~ +/-1 can be obtained by (event weight)/(event weight normalisation)), and [3] number of trials. The total cross section of the simulated event sample can be computed as the sum of event weights divided by the sum of the number of trials. This value must agree with the total cross section quoted by Sherpa at the end of the event generation run, and it can serve as a cross-check on the consistency of the HepMC event file. Note that Sherpa conforms to the Les Houches 2013 suggestion (http://phystev.in2p3.fr/wiki/2013:groups:tools:hepmc) of indicating interaction types through the GenVertex type-flag. Multiple event weights can also be enabled with HepMC versions >2.06, cf. Scale and PDF variations. The following additional customisations can be used

HEPMC_USE_NAMED_WEIGHTS=<0|1> Enable filling weights with an associated name. The nominal event weight has the key Weight. MEWeight, WeightNormalisation and NTrials provide additional information for each event as described above. Needs HepMC version >2.06.

HEPMC_EXTENDED_WEIGHTS=<0|1> Write additional event weight information needed for a posteriori reweighting into the WeightContainer, cf. A posteriori scale and PDF variations using the HepMC GenEvent Output. Necessitates the use of HEPMC_USE_NAMED_WEIGHTS.

HEPMC_TREE_LIKE=<0|1> Force the event record to be stricly tree-like. Please note that this removes some information from the matrix-element-parton-shower interplay which would be otherwise stored.

HepMC_Short

Generates output in HepMC::IO_GenEvent format, however, only incoming beams and outgoing particles are stored. Intermediate and decayed particles are not listed. The event weights stored as the same as above, and HEPMC_USE_NAMED_WEIGHTS and HEPMC_EXTENDED_WEIGHTS can be used to customise.

HepMC3_GenEvent

Generates output using HepMC3 library. The format of the output is set with HEPMC3_IO_TYPE=<0|1|2|3|4> tag. The default value is 0 and corresponds to ASCII GenEvent. Other available options are 1: HepEvt 2: ROOT file with every event written as an object of class GenEvent. 3: ROOT file with GenEvent objects writen into TTree. Otherwise similar to HepMC_GenEvent.

Delphes_GenEvent

Generates output in Root format, which can be passed to Delphes for analyses. Input events are taken from the HepMC interface. Storage space can be reduced by up to 50% compared to gzip compressed HepMC. This output format is available only if Sherpa was configured and installed with options --enable-root and --enable-delphes=/path/to/delphes.

Delphes_Short

Generates output in Root format, which can be passed to Delphes for analyses. Only incoming beams and outgoing particles are stored.

PGS

Generates output in StdHEP format, which can be passed to PGS for analyses. This output format is available only if Sherpa was configured and installed with options --enable-hepevtsize=4000 and --enable-pgs=/path/to/pgs. Please refer to the PGS documentation for how to pass StdHEP event files on to PGS. If you are using the LHC olympics executeable, you may run ./olympics --stdhep events.lhe <other options>.

PGS_Weighted

Generates output in StdHEP format, which can be passed to PGS for analyses. Event weights in the HEPEV4 common block are stored in the event file.

HEPEVT

Generates output in HepEvt format.

LHEF

Generates output in Les Houches Event File format. This output format is intended for output of matrix element configurations only. Since the format requires PDF information to be written out in the outdated PDFLIB/LHAGLUE enumeration format this is only available automatically if LHAPDF is used, the identification numbers otherwise have to be given explicitly via LHEF_PDF_NUMBER (LHEF_PDF_NUMBER_1 and LHEF_PDF_NUMBER_2 if both beams carry different structure functions). This format currently outputs matrix element information only, no information about the large-Nc colour flow is given as the LHEF output format is not suited to communicate enough information for meaningful parton showering on top of multiparton final states.

Root

Generates output in ROOT ntuple format for NLO event generation only. For details on the ntuple format, see A posteriori scale and PDF variations using the ROOT NTuple Output. This output option is available only if Sherpa was linked to ROOT during installation by using the configure option --enable-root=/path/to/root. ROOT ntuples can be read back into Sherpa and analyzed using the option EVENT_INPUT. This feature is described in Production of NTuples.

The output can be further customized using the following options:

FILE_SIZE

Number of events per file (default: unlimited).

NTUPLE_SIZE

File size per NTuple file (default: unlimited). This option is deprecated. It may lead to errors in the subsequent processing of NTuple files. Please use FILE_SIZE instead.

EVT_FILE_PATH

Directory where the files will be stored.

OUTPUT_PRECISION

Steers the precision of all numbers written to file.

For all output formats except ROOT and Delphes, events can be written directly to gzipped files instead of plain text. The option --enable-gzip must be given during installation to enable this feature.


5.1.18 Scale and PDF variations

Sherpa can compute alternative event weights for different scale and PDF choices on-the-fly, resulting in alternative weights for the generated event. The can be evoked with the following syntax

SCALE_VARIATIONS <muR-fac-1>,<muF-fac-1>[,<PDF-1>[,<associated-contrib-1>]]  <muR-fac-1>,<muF-fac-1>[,<PDF-1>[,<associated-contrib-1>]] ...

The key word SCALE_VARIATIONS takes a space separated list of variation factors for the nominal renormalisation and factorisation scale, an associated PDF set and associated approximate NLO EW and sub-leading order contributions. Any set present in any of the PDF library interfaces loaded through PDF_LIBRARY can be used. If no PDF set is given it defaults to the nominal one. Specific PDF members can be specified by appending the PDF set name with /<member-id>. The short-hand appendix [all] will provide the variations for all members of the given set (only works with LHAPDF6 sets or the internal default set). Please note: scales are, as always in Sherpa, given in their quadratic form. Thus, a variation of factor 4 of the squared scale [GeV^2] means a variation of factor 2 on the scale itself [GeV].

PDF variations on their own can also be invoked by giving the list of PDF sets to be reweighted to to PDF_VARIATIONS.

Thus, a complete variation using the PDF4LHC convention would read

  SCALE_VARIATIONS 0.25,0.25 0.25,1. 1.,0.25 1.,1. 1.,4. 4.,1. 4.,4.;
  PDF_VARIATIONS CT10nlo[all] MMHT2014nlo68cl[all] NNPDF30_nlo_as_0118[all];

Please note, this syntax will create 7+53+51+101=212 additional weights for each event.

Similarly, the associated NLO EW and sub-leading order contributions can be included orthogonally to scale and PDF variations through

  ASSOCIATED_CONTRIBUTIONS_VARIATIONS EW EW|LO1 EW|LO1|LO2 EW|LO1|LO2|LO3;

The additional event weights can then be written into the event output. However, this is currently only supported for HepMC_GenEvent and HepMC_Short with versions >2.06 and HEPMC_USE_NAMED_WEIGHTS=1. The alternative event weights follow the Les Houches naming convention for such variations, ie. they are named MUR<fac>_MUF<fac>_PDF<id>. In case associated NLO EW and sub-leading order contributions are used, this convention is extended to MUR<fac>_MUF<fac>_PDF<id>_ASS<contrib> for an additive combination and MUR<fac>_MUF<fac>_PDF<id>_MULTIASS<contrib> for a multiplicative one.

When using Sherpa’s interface to Rivet, Rivet analyses, separate instances of Rivet, one for each alternative event weight in addition to the nominal one, are instantiated leading to one set of histograms each. They are again named using the MUR<fac>_MUF<fac>_PDF<id> convention.

The user must also be aware that, of course, the cross section of the event sample, changes when using an alternative event weight as compared to the nominal one. Any histograming therefore has to account for this and recompute the total cross section as the sum of weights devided by the number of trials, cf. Cross section determination.

The on-the-fly reweighting works for all event generation modes (weighted or (partially) unweighted) and all calculation types (LO, LOPS, NLO, NLOPS, MEPS@LO, MEPS@NLO and MENLOPS). However, the reweighting of parton shower emissions has to be enabled explicitly, using CSS_REWEIGHT=1. This should work out of the box for both scale and PDF variations. If numerical issues are encountered, one can try to increase CSS_REWEIGHT_SCALE_CUTOFF (default: 5). This disables shower variations for emissions at scales below the value. An improved accuracy for shower variations at very low scales can be achieved by using CSS_ALPHAS_FREEZE_MODE=1, see CS Shower options. An additional safeguard against rare spuriously large shower variation weights is implemented as CSS_MAX_REWEIGHT_FACTOR (default: 1e3). Any variation weights accumulated during an event and larger than this factor will be ignored and reset to 1.


5.1.19 MPI parallelization

MPI parallelization in Sherpa can be enabled using the configuration option --enable-mpi. Sherpa supports OpenMPI and MPICH2 . For detailed instructions on how to run a parallel program, please refer to the documentation of your local cluster resources or the many excellent introductions on the internet. MPI parallelization is mainly intended to speed up the integration process, as event generation can be parallelized trivially by starting multiple instances of Sherpa with different random seed, cf. RANDOM_SEED. However, both the internal analysis module and the Root NTuple writeout can be used with MPI. Note that these require substantial data transfer.

Please note that the process information contained in the Process directory for both Amegic and Comix needs to be generated without MPI parallelization first. Therefore, first run

Sherpa -f <run-card> INIT_ONLY=1

and, in case of using Amegic, compile the libraries. Then start your parallized integration, e.g.

mpirun -n <n> Sherpa -f <run-card>

Next: , Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.2 Beam parameters

The setup of the colliding beams is covered by the (beam) section of the steering file or the beam data file Beam.dat, respectively, see Input structure. The mandatory settings to be made are

  • The initial beam particles specified through BEAM_1 and BEAM_2, given by their PDG particle number. For (anti)protons and (positrons) electrons, for example, these are given by (-)2212 or (-)11, respectively. The code for photons is 22.
  • The energies of both incoming beams, defined through BEAM_ENERGY_1 and BEAM_ENERGY_2, given in units of GeV. Beam energies may also be specified as a second argument to BEAM_1 and BEAM_2.

More options related to beamstrahlung and intrinsic transverse momentum can be found in the following subsections.


5.2.1 Beam Spectra

If desired, you can also specify spectra for beamstrahlung through BEAM_SPECTRUM_1 and BEAM_SPECTRUM_2. The possible values are Possible values are

Monochromatic

The beam energy is unaltered and the beam particles remain unchanged. That is the default and corresponds to ordinary hadron-hadron or lepton-lepton collisions.

Laser_Backscattering

This can be used to describe the backscattering of a laser beam off initial leptons. The energy distribution of the emerging photon beams is modelled by the CompAZ parametrization, see [Zar02]. Note that this parametrization is valid only for the proposed TESLA photon collider, as various assumptions about the laser parameters and the initial lepton beam energy have been made. See details below.

Simple_Compton

This corresponds to a simple light backscattering off the initial lepton beam and produces initial-state photons with a corresponding energy spectrum. See details below.

EPA

This enables the equivalent photon approximation for colliding protons, see [Arc08]. The resulting beam particles are photons that follow a dipole form factor parametrization, cf. [Bud74]. The authors would like to thank T. Pierzchala for his help in implementing and testing the corresponding code. See details below.

Spectrum_Reader

A user defined spectrum is used to describe the energy spectrum of the assumed new beam particles. The name of the corresponding spectrum file needs to be given through the keywords SPECTRUM_FILE_1 and SPECTRUM_FILE_2.

The BEAM_SMIN and BEAM_SMAX parameters may be used to specify the minimum/maximum fraction of cms energy squared after Beamstrahlung. The reference value is the total centre of mass energy squared of the collision, not the centre of mass energy after eventual Beamstrahlung.
The parameter can be specified using the internal interpreter, see Interpreter, e.g. as ‘BEAM_SMIN sqr(20/E_CMS)’.

5.2.1.1 Laser Backscattering

The energy distribution of the photon beams is modelled by the CompAZ parametrisation, see [Zar02], with various assumptions valid only for the proposed TESLA photon collider. The laser energies can be set by E_LASER_1/2 for the respective beam. P_LASER_1/2 sets their polarisations, defaulting to 0.. The LASER_MODE takes the values -1, 0, and 1, defaulting to 0. LASER_ANGLES and LASER_NONLINEARITY take the values On and Off, both defaulting to Off.

5.2.1.2 Simple Compton

This corresponds to a simple light backscattering off the initial lepton beam and produces initial-state photons with a corresponding energy spectrum. It is a special case of the above Laser Backscattering with LASER_MODE=-1.

5.2.1.3 EPA

The equivalent photon approximation, cf. [Arc08], [Bud74], has a few free parameters:

EPA_q2Max_1/2

Parameter of the EPA spectrum of the respective beam, defaults to 2. in units of GeV squared.

EPA_ptMin_1/2

Infrared regulator to EPA spectrum. Given in GeV, the value must be between 0. and 1. for EPA approximation to hold. Defaults to 0., i.e. the spectrum has to be regulated by cuts on the observable, cf Selectors.

EPA_Form_Factor_1/2

Form factor model to be used on the respective beam. The options are 0 (pointlike), 1 (homogeneously charged sphere, 2 (gaussian shaped nucleus), and 3 (homogeneously charged sphere, smoothed at low and high x). Applicable only to heavy ion beams. Defaults to 0.

EPA_AlphaQED

Value of alphaQED to be used in the EPA. Defaults to 0.0072992701.


5.2.2 Intrinsic Transverse Momentum

K_PERP_MEAN_1

This parameter specifies the mean intrinsic transverse momentum for the first (left) beam in case of hadronic beams, such as protons.
The default value for protons is 0.8 GeV.

K_PERP_MEAN_2

This parameter specifies the mean intrinsic transverse momentum for the second (right) beam in case of hadronic beams, such as protons.
The default value for protons is 0.8 GeV.

K_PERP_SIGMA_1

This parameter specifies the width of the Gaussian distribution of intrinsic transverse momentum for the first (left) beam in case of hadronic beams, such as protons.
The default value for protons is 0.8 GeV.

K_PERP_SIGMA_2

This parameter specifies the width of the Gaussian distribution of intrinsic transverse momentum for the first (left) beam in case of hadronic beams, such as protons.
The default value for protons is 0.8 GeV.

If the option BEAM_REMNANTS=0 is specified, pure parton-level events are simulated, i.e. no beam remnants are generated. Accordingly, partons entering the hard scattering process do not acquire primordial transverse momentum.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.3 ISR parameters

The following parameters are used to steer the setup of beam substructure and initial state radiation (ISR). They may be set in the (isr) section of the run-card, see Input structure.

BUNCH_1/BUNCH_2

Specify the PDG ID of the first (left) and second (right) bunch particle, i.e. the particle after eventual Beamstrahlung specified through the beam parameters, see Beam parameters. Per default these are taken to be identical to the parameters BEAM_1/BEAM_2, assuming the default beam spectrum is Monochromatic. In case the Simple Compton or Laser Backscattering spectra are enabled the bunch particles would have to be set to 22, the PDG code of the photon.

ISR_SMIN/ISR_SMAX

This parameter specifies the minimum fraction of cms energy squared after ISR. The reference value is the total centre of mass energy squared of the collision, not the centre of mass energy after eventual Beamstrahlung.
The parameter can be specified using the internal interpreter, see Interpreter, e.g. as ‘ISR_SMIN=sqr(20/E_CMS)’.

Sherpa provides access to a variety of structure functions. They can be configured with the following parameters.

PDF_LIBRARY

Takes a space separated list of PDF interfaces to load. If the two colliding beams are of different type, e.g. protons and electrons or photons and electrons, it is possible to specify two different PDF libraries using PDF_LIBRARY_1 and PDF_LIBRARY_2. The following options are distributed with Sherpa:

LHAPDFSherpa

Use PDF’s from LHAPDF [Wha05]. The interface is only available if Sherpa has been compiled with support for LHAPDF, see Installation.

CT12Sherpa

Built-in library for some PDF sets from the CTEQ collaboration, cf. [Gao13].

CT10Sherpa

Built-in library for some PDF sets from the CTEQ collaboration, cf. [Lai10]. This is the default, if Sherpa has not been compiled with LHAPDF support.

CTEQ6Sherpa

Built-in library for some PDF sets from the CTEQ collaboration, cf. [Nad08].

MSTW08Sherpa

Built-in library for PDF sets from the MSTW group, cf. [Mar09a].

MRST04QEDSherpa

Built-in library for photon PDF sets from the MRST group, cf. [Mar04].

MRST01LOSherpa

Built-in library for the 2001 leading-order PDF set from the MRST group, cf. [Mar01].

MRST99Sherpa

Built-in library for the 1999 PDF sets from the MRST group, cf. [Mar99].

GRVSherpa

Built-in library for the GRV photon PDF [Glu91a], [Glu91]

PDFESherpa

Built-in library for the electron structure function. The perturbative order of the fine structure constant can be set using the parameter ISR_E_ORDER (default: 1). The switch ISR_E_SCHEME allows to set the scheme of respecting non-leading terms. Possible options are 0 ("mixed choice"), 1 ("eta choice"), or 2 ("beta choice", default).

None

No PDF. Fixed beam energy.


Furthermore it is simple to build an external interface to an arbitrary PDF and load that dynamically in the Sherpa run. See External PDF for instructions.

PDF_SET

Specifies the PDF set for hadronic bunch particles. All sets available in the chosen PDF_LIBRARY can be figured by running Sherpa with the parameter SHOW_PDF_SETS=1, e.g.:

  Sherpa PDF_LIBRARY=CTEQ6Sherpa SHOW_PDF_SETS=1

If the two colliding beams are of different type, e.g. protons and electrons or photons and electrons, it is possible to specify two different PDF sets using PDF_SET_1 and PDF_SET_2.

PDF_SET_VERSION

This parameter allows to eventually select a specific version (member) within the chosen PDF set. Specifying a negative value, e.g.

  PDF_LIBRARY LHAPDFSherpa;
  PDF_SET NNPDF12_100.LHgrid; PDF_SET_VERSION -100;

results in Sherpa sampling all sets 1..100, which can be used to obtain the averaging required when employing PDF’s from the NNPDF collaboration [Bal08], [Bal09].


5.4 Models

The main switch MODEL in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card sets the model that Sherpa uses throughout the simulation run. The default is SM, the built-in Standard Model implementation of Sherpa. For BSM simulations, Sherpa offers an option to use the Universal FeynRules Output Format (UFO) [Deg11].

Please note: AMEGIC can only be used for the built-in models (SM and HEFT). For anything else, please use Comix.


5.4.1 Built-in Models


5.4.1.1 Standard Model

The SM inputs for the electroweak sector can be given in four different schemes, that correspond to different choices of which SM physics parameters are considered fixed and which are derived from the given quantities. The input schemes are selected through the EW_SCHEME parameter, whose default is 1. The following options are provided:

  • Case 0:

    all EW parameters are explicitly given. Here the W, Z and Higgs masses are taken as inputs, and the parameters 1/ALPHAQED(0), SIN2THETAW, VEV and LAMBDA have to be specified. The fine structure constant does not run by default. It is evaluated at scale ALPHAQED_DEFAULT_SCALE, which defaults to the Z mass squared (note that this scale has to be specified in GeV squared). The parameters SIN2THETAW, VEV, and LAMBDA thereby specify the weak mixing angle, the Higgs field vacuum expectation value, and the Higgs quartic coupling respectively.

    Note that this mode allows to violate the tree-level relations between some of the parameters and can thus not be used with the complex mass scheme (cf. below).

  • Case 1:

    all EW parameters are calculated from the W, Z and Higgs masses and 1/ALPHAQED(0) using tree-level relations.

  • Case 3:

    this choice corresponds to the G_mu-scheme. The EW parameters are calculated out of the weak gauge boson masses M_W, M_Z, the Higgs boson mass M_H and the Fermi constant GF using tree-level relations.

  • Case 20:

    this scheme uses 1/ALPHAQED(0), M_Z, and SIN2THETAW as inputs and calculates the dependent quantities from them. In particular, M_W will be derived from tree-level relations and not match the PDG value.

  • Case 21:

    this scheme uses GF, M_Z, and SIN2THETAW as inputs and calculates the dependent quantities from them. In particular, M_W will be derived from tree-level relations and not match the PDG value.

  • Case 22:

    this scheme uses 1/ALPHAQED(MZ) (default: 128.802), M_Z, and SIN2THETAW (default: 0.23113) as inputs and calculates the dependent quantities from them. In particular, M_W will be derived from tree-level relations and not match the PDG value. Schemes 21 and 22 are most suitable for processes involving Z bosons.

The electro-weak coupling is by default not running. If its running has been enabled (cf. COUPLINGS), one can specify its value at zero momentum transfer as input value by 1/ALPHAQED(0).

To account for quark mixing the CKM matrix elements have to be assigned. For this purpose the Wolfenstein parametrization [Wol83] is employed. The order of expansion in the lambda parameter is defined through CKMORDER, with default 0 corresponding to a unit matrix. The parameter convention for higher expansion terms reads:

  • CKMORDER = 1, the CABIBBO parameter has to be set, it parametrizes lambda and has the default value 0.2272.
  • CKMORDER = 2, in addition the value of A has to be set, its default is 0.818.
  • CKMORDER = 3, the order lambda^3 expansion, ETA and RHO have to be specified. Their default values are 0.349 and 0.227, respectively.

The remaining parameter to fully specify the Standard Model is the strong coupling constant at the Z-pole, given through ALPHAS(MZ). Its default value is 0.118. If the setup at hand involves hadron collisions and thus PDFs, the value of the strong coupling constant is automatically set consistent with the PDF fit and can not be changed by the user. If Sherpa is compiled with LHAPDF support, it is also possible to use the alphaS evolution provided in LHAPDF by specifying USE_PDF_ALPHAS=1. The perturbative order of the running of the strong coupling can be set via ORDER_ALPHAS, where the default 0 corresponds to one-loop running and 1,2,3 to 2,3,4-loops, respectively. If the setup at hand involves PDFs, this parameter is set consistent with the information provided by the PDF set.

If unstable particles (e.g. W/Z bosons) appear as intermediate propagators in the process, Sherpa uses the complex mass scheme to construct MEs in a gauge-invariant way. For full consistency with this scheme, by default the dependent EW parameters are also calculated from the complex masses (WIDTH_SCHEME=CMS), yielding complex values e.g. for the weak mixing angle. To keep the parameters real one can set WIDTH_SCHEME=Fixed. This may spoil gauge invariance though.

With the following switches it is possible to change the properties of all fundamental particles:

MASS[<id>]

Sets the mass (in GeV) of the particle with PDG id <id>.
Masses of particles and corresponding anti-particles are always set simultaneously.
For particles with Yukawa couplings, those are enabled/disabled consistent with the mass (taking into account the MASSIVE flag) by default, but that can be modified using the YUKAWA[<id>] parameter. Note that by default the Yukawa couplings are treated as running, cf. YUKAWA_MASSES.

MASSIVE[<id>]

Specifies whether the finite mass of particle with PDG id <id> is to be considered in matrix-element calculations or not.

WIDTH[<id>]

Sets the width (in GeV) of the particle with PDG id <id>.

ACTIVE[<id>]

Enables/disables the particle with PDG id <id>.

STABLE[<id>]

Sets the particle with PDG id <id> either stable or unstable according to the following options:

0

Particle and anti-particle are unstable

1

Particle and anti-particle are stable

2

Particle is stable, anti-particle is unstable

3

Particle is unstable, anti-particle is stable

This option applies to decays of hadrons (cf. Hadron decays) as well as particles produced in the hard scattering (cf. Hard decays). For the latter, alternatively the decays can be specified explicitly in the process setup (see Processes) to avoid the narrow-width approximation.

PRIORITY[<id>]

Allows to overwrite the default automatic flavour sorting in a process by specifying a priority for the given flavour. This way one can identify certain particles which are part of a container (e.g. massless b-quarks), such that their position can be used reliably in selectors and scale setters.

Note: To set properties of hadrons, you can use the same switches (except for MASSIVE) in the fragmentation section, see Hadronization.


5.4.1.2 Effective Higgs Couplings

The HEFT describes the effective coupling of gluons and photons to Higgs bosons via a top-quark loop, and a W-boson loop in case of photons. This supplement to the Standard Model can be invoked by specifying MODEL = HEFT in the (model) section of the run card.

The effective coupling of gluons to the Higgs boson, g_ggH, can be calculated either for a finite top-quark mass or in the limit of an infinitely heavy top using the switch FINITE_TOP_MASS=1 or FINITE_TOP_MASS=0, respectively. Similarily, the photon-photon-Higgs coupling, g_ppH, can be calculated both for finite top and/or W masses or in the infinite mass limit using the switches FINITE_TOP_MASS and FINITE_W_MASS. The default choice for both is the infinite mass limit in either case. Note that these switches affect only the calculation of the value of the effective coupling constants. Please refer to the example setup H+jets production in gluon fusion with finite top mass effects for information on how to include finite top quark mass effects on a differential level.

Either one of these couplings can be switched off using the DEACTIVATE_GGH=1 and DEACTIVATE_PPH=1 switches. Both default to 0.


Previous: , Up: Models   [Contents][Index]

5.4.2 UFO Model Interface

To use a model generated by the FeynRules package [Chr08],[Chr09], the model must be made available to Sherpa by running

  <prefix>/bin/Sherpa-generate-model <path-to-ufo-model>

where <path-to-ufo-model> specifies the location of the directory where the UFO model can be found. UFO support must be enabled using the --enable-ufo option of the configure script, as described in Installation. This requires Python version 2.6 or later and an installation of SCons.

The above command generates source code for the UFO model, compiles it, and installs the corresponding library, making it available for event generation. Python, SCons, and the UFO model directory are not required for event generation once the above command has finished. Note that the installation directory for the created library and the paths to Sherpa libraries and headers are predetermined automatically durin the installation of Sherpa. If the Sherpa installation is moved afterwards or if the user does not have the necessary permissions to install the new library in the predetermined location, these paths can be set manually. Pleas run

  <prefix>/bin/Sherpa-generate-model --help

for information on the relevan command line arguments.

An example run card will be written to the working directory while the model is generated with Sherpa-generate-model. This run card shows the syntax for the respective model parameters and can be used as a template. It is also possible to use an external parameter card by specifying the path to the card with the switch UFO_PARAM_CARD in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card. Relative and absolute file paths are allowed. This option allows it to use the native UFO parameter cards, as used by MadGraph for example.

Note that the use of the SM switches MASS[<id>], MASSIVE[<id>], WIDTH[<id>], and STABLE[<id>] is discouraged when using UFO models as the UFO model completely defines all particle properties and their relation to the independent model parameters. These model parameters should be set using the standard UFO parameter syntax as shown in the example run card generated by the Sherpa-generate-model command.

For parts of the simulation other than the hard process (hadronization, underlying event, running of the SM couplings) Sherpa uses internal default values for the Standard Model fermion masses if they are massless in the UFO model. This is necessary for a meaningful simulation. In the hard process however, the UFO model masses are always respected.

For an example UFO setup, see Event generation in the MSSM using UFO. For more details on the Sherpa interface to FeynRules please consult [Chr09],[Hoe14c].

Please note that AMEGIC can only be used for the built-in models (SM and HEFT). The use of UFO models is only supported by Comix.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.5 Matrix elements

The setup of matrix elements is covered by the ‘(me)’ section of the steering file or the ME data file ‘ME.dat’, respectively. There are no mandatory settings to be made.

The following parameters are used to steer the matrix element setup.


5.5.1 ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR

The list of matrix element generators to be employed during the run. When setting up hard processes from the (processes) section of the input file (see Processes), Sherpa calls these generators in order to check whether either one is capable of generating the corresponding matrix element. This parameter can also be set on the command line using option -m, see Command line options.

The built-in generators are

Internal

Simple matrix element library, implementing a variety of 2->2 processes.

Amegic

The AMEGIC++ generator published under [Kra01]

Comix

The Comix generator published under [Gle08]

It is possible to employ an external matrix element generator within Sherpa. For advice on this topic please contact the authors, Authors.


5.5.2 RESULT_DIRECTORY

This parameter specifies the name of the directory which is used by Sherpa to store integration results and phasespace mappings. The default is ‘Results/’. It can also be set using the command line parameter -r, see Command line options. The directory will be created automatically, unless the option GENERATE_RESULT_DIRECTORY=0 is specified. Its location is relative to a potentially specified input path, see Command line options.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Matrix elements   [Contents][Index]

5.5.3 EVENT_GENERATION_MODE

This parameter specifies the event generation mode. It can also be set on the command line using option -w, see Command line options. The three possible options are:

Weighted

(shortcut W) Weighted events.

Unweighted

(shortcut U) Events with constant weight, which have been unweighted against the maximum determined during phase space integration. In case of rare events with w > max the parton level event is repeated floor(w/max) times and the remainder is unweighted. While this leads to unity weights for all events it can be misleading since the statistical impact of a high-weight event is not accounted for. In the extreme case this can lead to a high-weight event looking like a significant bump in distributions (in particular after the effects of the parton shower).

PartiallyUnweighted

(shortcut P) Identical to Unweighted events, but if the weight exceeds the maximum determined during the phase space integration, the event will carry a weight of w/max to correct for that. This is the recommended option to generate unweighted events and the default setting in Sherpa.

For Unweighted and PartiallyUnweighted events the user may set OVERWEIGHT_THRESHOLD=<maxweight> to cap the maximal over-weight w/max taken into account.

To improve code performance for (partially) unweighted event generation, we use a pilot run strategy [Bot22]. This reduces the amount of works to the absolute minimum until an event has been accepted by disabling everything that is not required to perform the unweighting. Once an event is accepted, we recompute this exact phase space point with everything enabled to get the full result. As an example, on-the-fly variations will only be calculated for the accepted event, while no such variations are performed for the vast number of ultimately rejected events.

The pilot-run strategy is used automatically for (partially) unweighted event generation that include on-the-fly Scale and PDF variations, a PILOT scale setter (see Scale setters), or a Pilot_Loop_Generator.


5.5.4 SCALES

This parameter specifies how to compute the renormalization and factorization scale and potential additional scales.

Sherpa provides several built-in scale setting schemes. For each scheme the scales are then set using expressions understood by the Interpreter. Each scale setter’s syntax is

SCALES <scale-setter>{<scale-definition>}

to define a single scale for both the factorisation and renormalisation scale. They can be set to different values using

SCALES <scale-setter>{<fac-scale-definition>}{<ren-scale-definition>}

In parton shower matched/merged calculations a third perturbative scale is present, the resummation or parton shower starting scale. It can be set by the user in the third argument like

SCALES <scale-setter>{<fac-scale-definition>}{<ren-scale-definition>}{<res-scale-definition>}

If the final state of your hard scattering process contains QCD partons, their kinematics fix the resummation scale for subsequent emissions (cf. the description of the METS scale setter below). If instead you want to specify your own resummation scale also in such a case, you have to set CSS_RESPECT_Q2=1 and use the third argument to specify your resummation scale as above.

Note: for all scales their squares have to be given. See Predefined scale tags for some predefined scale tags.

More than three scales can be set as well to be subsequently used, e.g. by different couplings, see COUPLINGS.


5.5.4.1 Scale setters

The scale setter options which are currently available are

VAR

The variable scale setter is the simplest scale setter available. Scales are simply specified by additional parameters in a form which is understood by the internal interpreter, see Interpreter. If, for example the invariant mass of the lepton pair in Drell-Yan production is the desired scale, the corresponding setup reads

SCALES VAR{Abs2(p[2]+p[3])}

Renormalization and factorization scales can be chosen differently. For example in Drell-Yan + jet production one could set

SCALES VAR{Abs2(p[2]+p[3])}{MPerp2(p[2]+p[3])}
FASTJET

If FastJet is enabled by including --enable-fastjet=/path/to/fastjet in the configure options, this scale setter can be used to set a scale based on jet-, rather than parton-momenta.

The final state parton configuration is first clustered using FastJet and resulting jet momenta are then added back to the list of non strongly interacting particles. The numbering of momenta therefore stays effectively the same as in standard Sherpa, except that final state partons are replaced with jets, if applicable (a parton might not pass the jet criteria and get "lost"). In particular, the indices of the initial state partons and all EW particles are uneffected. Jet momenta can then be accessed as described in Predefined scale tags through the identifiers p[i], and the nodal values of the clustering sequence can be used through MU_n2. The syntax is

SCALES FASTJET[<jet-algo-parameter>]{<scale-definition>}

Therein the parameters of the jet algorithm to be used to define the jets are given as a comma separated list of

  • the jet algorithm A:kt,antikt,cambridge,siscone (default antikt)
  • phase space restrictions, i.e. PT:<min-pt>, ET:<min-et>, Eta:<max-eta>, Y:<max-rap> (otherwise unrestricted)
  • radial parameter R:<rad-param> (default 0.4)
  • f-parameter for Siscone f:<f-param> (default 0.75)
  • recombination scheme C:E,pt,pt2,Et,Et2,BIpt,BIpt2 (default E)
  • b-tagging mode B:0,1,2 (default 0) This parameter, if specified different from its default 0, allows to use b-tagged jets only, based on the parton-level constituents of the jets. There are two options: With B:1 both b and anti-b quarks are counted equally towards b-jets, while for B:2 they are added with a relative sign as constituents, i.e. a jet containing b and anti-b is not tagged.
  • scale setting mode M:0,1 (default 1) It is possible to specify multiple scale definition blocks, each enclosed in curly brackets. The scale setting mode parameter then determines, how those are interpreted: In the M:0 case, they specify factorisation, renormalisation and resummation scale separately in that order. In the M:1 case, the n given scales are used to calculate a mean scale such that alpha_s^n(mu_mean)=alpha_s(mu_1)...alpha_s(mu_n) This scale is then used for factorisation, renormalisation and resummation scale.

Consider the example of lepton pair production in association with jets. The following scale setter

SCALES FASTJET[A:kt,PT:10,R:0.4,M:0]{sqrt(PPerp2(p[4])*PPerp2(p[5]))}

reconstructs jets using the kt-algorithm with R=0.4 and a minimum transverse momentum of 10 GeV. The scale of all strong couplings is then set to the geometric mean of the hardest and second hardest jet. Note M:0.

Similarly, in processes with multiple strong couplings, their renormalisation scales can be set to different values, e.g.

SCALES FASTJET[A:kt,PT:10,R:0.4,M:1]{PPerp2(p[4])}{PPerp2(p[5])}

sets the scale of one strong coupling to the transverse momentum of the hardest jet, and the scale of the second strong coupling to the transverse momentum of second hardest jet. Note M:1 in this case.

The additional tags MU_22 .. MU_n2 (n=2..njet+1), hold the nodal values of the jet clustering in descending order.

Please note that currently this type of scale setting can only be done within the process block (Processes) and not within the (me) section.

METS

The matrix element is clustered onto a core 2->2 configuration using an inversion of current parton shower, cf. SHOWER_GENERATOR, recombining (n+1) particles into n on-shell particles. Their corresponding flavours are determined using run-time information from the matrix element generator. It defines the three tags MU_F2, MU_R2 and MU_Q2 whose values are assigned through this clustering procedure. While MU_F2 and MU_Q2 are defined as the lowest invariant mass or negative virtuality in the core process (for core interactions which are pure QCD processes scales are set to the maximum transverse mass squared of the outgoing particles), MU_R2 is determined using this core scale and the individual clustering scales such that

  alpha_s(MU_R2)^{n+k} = alpha_s(core-scale)^k alpha_s(kt_1) ... alpha_s(kt_n)

where k is the order in strong coupling of the core process and k is the number of clusterings, kt_i are the relative transverse momenta at each clustering. The tags MU_F2, MU_R2 and MU_Q2 can then be used on equal footing with the tags of Predefined scale tags to define the final scale.

METS is the default scale scheme in Sherpa, since it is employed for truncated shower merging, see Multijet merged event generation with Sherpa, both at leading and next-to-leading order. Thus, Sherpa’s default is

SCALES METS{MU_F2}{MU_R2}{MU_Q2}

As the tags MU_F2, MU_R2 and MU_Q2 are predefined by the METS scale setter, they may be omitted, i.e.

SCALES METS

leads to an identical scale definition.

The METS scale setter comes in two variants: STRICT_METS and LOOSE_METS. While the former employs the exact inverse of the parton shower for the clustering procedure, and therefore is rather time consuming for multiparton final state, the latter is a simplified version and much faster. Giving METS as the scale setter results in using LOOSE_METS for the integration and STRICT_METS during event generation. Giving either STRICT_METS or LOOSE_METS as the scale setter results in using the respective one during both integration and event generation.

Unordered cluster histories are by default not allowed. Instead, if during clustering a new smaller scale is encountered, the previous maximal scale will be used, or alternatively a user-defined scale specified, e.g.

UNORDERED_SCALE=VAR{H_Tp2/sqr(N_FS-2)}

If instead you want to allow unordered histories you can also enable them with ALLOW_SCALE_UNORDERING=1.

Clusterings onto 2->n (n>2) configurations is possible, see METS scale setting with multiparton core processes.

This scheme might be subject to changes to enable further classes of processes for merging in the future and should therefore be seen with care. Integration results might change slightly between different Sherpa versions.

Occasionally, users might encounter the warning message

METS_Scale_Setter::CalculateScale(): No CSS history for '<process name>' in <percentage>% of calls. Set \hat{s}.

As long as the percentage quoted here is not too high, this does not pose a serious problem. The warning occurs when - based on the current colour configuration and matrix element information - no suitable clustering is found by the algorithm. In such cases the scale is set to the invariant mass of the partonic process.

PILOT

A variant of the METS scale setter relevant for (partially) unweighted event generation is the PILOT scale setter. It makes sure that when the pilot-run strategy is used (see EVENT_GENERATION_MODE), any clustering required for METS scale setting and multi-jet merging is deferred until an event is accepted, which significantly reduces the run time.

The syntax is identical to the VAR scale setter, only that the keyword PILOT is used instead. For example in Drell-Yan + jet production one could set

SCALES PILOT{Abs2(p[2]+p[3])}

which would use the invariant mass of the lepton pair as the computationally cheap scale of events that are not yet accepted. Only after accepting such an event, the full METS scale is calculated instead, and the accepted event will be reweighted to take into account this actual scale choice. Note that this leads to a broadening of the weight distribution, which has however found to be mild in the examples studied so far [Bot22].


5.5.4.2 Custom scale implementation

When the flexibility of the VAR scale setter above is not sufficient, it is also possible to implement a completely custom scale scheme within Sherpa as C++ class plugin. For details please refer to the Customization section.


5.5.4.3 Predefined scale tags

There exist a few predefined tags to facilitate commonly used scale choices or easily implement a user defined scale.

p[n]

Access to the four momentum of the nth particle. The initial state particles carry n=0 and n=1, the final state momenta start from n=2. Their ordering is determined by Sherpa’s internal particle ordering and can be read e.g. from the process names displayed at run time. Please note, that when building jets out of the final state partons first, e.g. through the FASTJET scale setter, these parton momenta will be replaced by the jet momenta ordered in transverse momenta. For example the process u ub -> e- e+ G G will have the electron and the positron at positions p[2] and p[3] and the gluons on postions p[4] and p[5]. However, when finding jets first, the electrons will still be at p[2] and p[3] while the harder jet will be at p[4] and the softer one at p[5].

H_T2

Square of the scalar sum of the transverse momenta of all final state particles.

H_TY2(<factor>,<exponent>)

Square of the scalar sum of the transverse momenta of all final state particles weighted by their rapidity distance from the final state boost vector. Thus, takes the form

  H_T^{(Y)} = sum_i pT_i exp [ fac |y-yboost|^exp ]

Typical values to use would by 0.3 and 1.

MU_F2, MU_R2, MU_Q2

Tags holding the values of the factorisation, renormalisation scale and resummation scale determined through backwards clustering in the METS scale setter.

MU_22, MU_32, ..., MU_n2

Tags holding the nodal values of the jet clustering in the FASTJET scale setter, cf. Scale setters.

All of those objects can be operated upon by any operator/function known to the Interpreter.


5.5.4.4 Scale schemes for NLO calculations

For next-to-leading order calculations it must be guaranteed that the scale is calculated separately for the real correction and the subtraction terms, such that within the subtraction procedure the same amount is subtracted and added back. Starting from version 1.2.2 this is the case for all scale setters in Sherpa. Also, the definition of the scale must be infrared safe w.r.t. to the radiation of an extra parton. Infrared safe (for QCD-NLO calculations) are:

  • any function of momenta of NOT strongly interacting particles
  • sum of transverse quantities of all partons (e.g. H_T2)
  • any quantity refering to jets, constructed by an IR safe jet algorithm, see below.

Not infrared safe are

  • any function of momenta of specific partons
  • for processes with hadrons in the initial state: any quantity that depends on parton momenta along the beam axis, including the initial state partons itself

Since the total number of partons is different for different pieces of the NLO calculation any explicit reference to a parton momentum will lead to an inconsistent result.


5.5.4.5 Explicit scale variations

The factorisation and renormalisation scales in the fixed-order matrix elements can be varied separately simply by introducing a prefactor into the scale definition, e.g.

SCALES VAR{0.25*H_T2}{0.25*H_T2}

for setting both the renormalisation and factorisation scales to H_T/2.

Similarly, the starting scale of the parton shower resummation in a ME+PS merged sample can be varied using the METS scale setter’s third argument like:

SCALES METS{MU_F2}{MU_R2}{4.0*MU_Q2}

5.5.4.6 METS scale setting with multiparton core processes

The METS scale setter stops clustering when no combination is found that corresponds to a parton shower branching, or if two subsequent branchings are unordered in terms of the parton shower evolution parameter. The core scale of the remaining 2->n process then needs to be defined. This is done by specifying a core scale through

CORE_SCALE <core-scale-setter>{<core-fac-scale-definition>}{<core-ren-scale-definition>}{<core-res-scale-definition>}

As always, for scale setters which define MU_F2, MU_R2 and MU_Q2 the scale definition can be dropped. Possible core scale setters are

VAR

Variable core scale setter. Syntax is identical to variable scale setter.

QCD

QCD core scale setter. Scales are set to harmonic mean of s, t and u. Only useful for 2->2 cores as alternatives to the usual core scale of the METS scale setter.

TTBar

Core scale setter for processes involving top quarks. Implementation details are described in Appendix C of [Hoe13].

SingleTop

Core scale setter for single-top production in association with one jet. If the W is in the t-channel (s-channel), the squared scales are set to the Mandelstam variables t=2*p[0]*p[2] (t=2*p[0]*p[1]).


Next: , Previous: , Up: Matrix elements   [Contents][Index]

5.5.5 COUPLING_SCHEME

The parameter COUPLING_SCHEME is used to enable the running of the gauge couplings. The default setting is COUPLING_SCHEME=Running_alpha_S, assuming only the strong coupling as running. The QED coupling is considered running as well by setting COUPLING_SCHEME=Running. To solely have a running QED coupling set COUPLING_SCHEME=Running_alpha_QED. If not considered running the values specified by ALPHAS(default) and 1/ALPHAQED(default) are used, respectively.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Matrix elements   [Contents][Index]

5.5.6 COUPLINGS

Within Sherpa, strong and electroweak couplings can be computed at any scale specified by a scale setter (cf. SCALES). The COUPLINGS tag links the argument of a running coupling to one of the respective scales. This is better seen in an example. Assuming the following input

SCALES    VAR{...}{PPerp2(p[2])}{Abs2(p[2]+p[3])}
COUPLINGS Alpha_QCD 1, Alpha_QED 2

Sherpa will compute any strong couplings at scale one, i.e. ‘PPerp2(p[2])’ and electroweak couplings at scale two, i.e. ‘Abs2(p[2]+p[3])’. Note that counting starts at zero.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Matrix elements   [Contents][Index]

5.5.7 KFACTOR

This parameter specifies how to evaluate potential K-factors in the hard process. This is equivalent to the COUPLINGS specification of Sherpa versions prior to 1.2.2. Currently available options are

NO

No reweighting

VAR

Couplings specified by an additional parameter in a form which is understood by the internal interpreter, see Interpreter. The tags Alpha_QCD and Alpha_QED serve as links to the built-in running coupling implementation.

If for example the process ‘g g -> h g’ in effective theory is computed, one could think of evaluating two powers of the strong coupling at the Higgs mass scale and one power at the transverse momentum squared of the gluon. Assuming the Higgs mass to be 120 GeV, the corresponding reweighting would read

SCALES    VAR{...}{PPerp2(p[3])}
COUPLINGS Alpha_QCD 1
KFACTOR   VAR{sqr(Alpha_QCD(sqr(120))/Alpha_QCD(MU_12))}

As can be seen from this example, scales are referred to as MU_<i>2, where <i> is replaced with the appropriate number. Note that counting starts at zero.

It is possible to implement a dedicated K-factor scheme within Sherpa. For advice on this topic please contact the authors, Authors.


5.5.8 YUKAWA_MASSES

This parameter specifies whether the Yukawa couplings are evaluated using running or fixed quark masses: YUKAWA_MASSES=Running is the default since version 1.2.2 while YUKAWA_MASSES=Fixed was the default until 1.2.1.


5.5.9 Dipole subtraction

This list of parameters can be used to optimize the performance when employing the Catani-Seymour dipole subtraction [Cat96b] as implemented in Amegic [Gle07].

`DIPOLE_ALPHA'

Specifies a dipole cutoff in the nonsingular region [Nag03]. Changing this parameter shifts contributions from the subtracted real correction piece (RS) to the piece including integrated dipole terms (I), while their sum remains constant. This parameter can be used to optimize the integration performance of the individual pieces. Also the average calculation time for the subtracted real correction is reduced with smaller choices of ‘DIPOLE_ALPHA’ due to the (on average) reduced number of contributing dipole terms. For most processes a reasonable choice is between 0.01 and 1 (default). See also Choosing DIPOLE_ALPHA

`DIPOLE_AMIN'

Specifies the cutoff of real correction terms in the infrared reagion to avoid numerical problems with the subtraction. The default is 1.e-8.

`DIPOLE_NF_GSPLIT'

Specifies the number of quark flavours that are produced from gluon splittings. This number must be at least the number of massless flavours (default). If this number is larger than the number of massless quarks the massive dipole subtraction [Cat02] is employed.

`DIPOLE_KAPPA'

Specifies the kappa-parameter in the massive dipole subtraction formalism [Cat02].


Next: , Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.6 Processes

The process setup is covered by the ‘(processes)’ section of the steering file or the process data file ‘Processes.dat’, respectively.

The following parameters are used to steer the process setup.


Next: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.1 Process

This tag starts the setup of a process or a set of processes with common properties. It must be followed by the specification of the (core) process itself. The setup is completed by the End process tag, see End process. The initial and final state particles are specified by their PDG codes, or by particle containers, see Particle containers. Examples are

Process 93 93 -> 11 -11

Sets up a Drell-Yan process group with light quarks in the initial state.

Process 11 -11 -> 93 93 93{3}

Sets up jet production in e+e- collisions with up to three additional jets.

The syntax for specifying processes is explained in the following sections:


5.6.1.1 PDG codes

Initial and final state particles are specified using their PDG codes (cf. PDG). A list of particles with their codes, and some of their properties, is printed at the start of each Sherpa run, when the OUTPUT is set at level 2.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Process   [Contents][Index]

5.6.1.2 Particle containers

Sherpa contains a set of containers that collect particles with similar properties, namely

  • lepton (carrying number 90),
  • neutrino (carrying number 91),
  • fermion (carrying number 92),
  • jet (carrying number 93),
  • quark (carrying number 94).

These containers hold all massless particles and anti-particles of the denoted type and allow for a more efficient definition of initial and final states to be considered. The jet container consists of the gluon and all massless quarks (as set by MASS[..]=0.0 or MASSIVE[..]=0). A list of particle containers is printed at the start of each Sherpa run, when the OUTPUT is set at level 2.

It is also possible to define a custom particle container using the keyword PARTICLE_CONTAINER either on the command line or in the (run) section of the input file. The container must be given an unassigned particle ID (kf-code) and its name (freely chosen by you) and content must be specified. An example would be the collection of all down-type quarks, which could be declared as

  PARTICLE_CONTAINER 98 downs 1 -1 3 -3 5 -5;

Note that, if wanted, you have to add both particles and anti-particles.


5.6.1.3 Parentheses

The parenthesis notation allows to group a list of processes with different flavor content but similar structure. This is most useful in the context of simulations containing heavy quarks. In a setup with massive b-quarks, for example, the b-quark will not be part of the jets container. In order to include b-associated processes easily, the following can be used:

(run){
  ...
  MASSIVE[5] 1; PARTICLE_CONTAINER 98 B 5 -5;
}(run);
(processes){
  Process 11 -11 -> (93,98) (93,98);
  ...
}(processes);

Previous: , Up: Process   [Contents][Index]

5.6.1.4 Curly brackets

The curly bracket notation when specifying a process allows up to a certain number of jets to be included in the final state. This is easily seen from an example,

Process 11 -11 -> 93 93 93{3}

Sets up jet production in e+e- collisions. The matix element final state may be 2, 3, 4 or 5 light partons or gluons.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.2 Decay

Specifies the exclusive decay of a particle produced in the matrix element. The virtuality of the decaying particle is sampled according to a Breit-Wigner distribution. An example would be

Process 11 -11 -> 6[a] -6[b]
Decay 6[a] -> 5 24[c]
Decay -6[b] -> -5 -24[d]
Decay 24[c] -> -13 14
Decay -24[d] -> 94 94

Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.3 DecayOS

Specifies the exclusive decay of a particle produced in the matrix element. The decaying particle is on mass-shell, i.e. a strict narrow-width approximation is used. This tag can be specified alternatively as DecayOS. An example would be

Process 11 -11 -> 6[a] -6[b]
DecayOS 6[a] -> 5 24[c]
DecayOS -6[b] -> -5 -24[d]
DecayOS 24[c] -> -13 14
DecayOS -24[d] -> 94 94

Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.4 No_Decay

Remove all diagrams associated with the decay of the given flavours. Serves to avoid resonant contributions in processes like W-associated single-top production. Note that this method breaks gauge invariance! At the moment this flag can only be set for Comix. An example would be

Process 93 93 -> 6[a] -24[b] 93{1}
Decay 6[a] -> 5 24[c]
DecayOS 24[c] -> -13 14
DecayOS -24[b] -> 11 -12
No_Decay -6

Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.5 Scales

Sets a process-specific scale. For the corresponding syntax see SCALES.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.6 Couplings

Sets process-specific couplings. For the corresponding syntax see COUPLINGS.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.7 CKKW

Sets up multijet merging according to [Hoe09]. The additional argument specifies the separation cut in the form (Q_{cut}/E_{cms})^2. It can be given in any form which is understood by the internal interpreter, see Interpreter. Examples are

  • CKKW pow(10,-2.5)
  • CKKW sqr(20/E_CMS)

Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.8 Selector_File

Sets a process-specific selector file name.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.9 Order

Sets a process-specific coupling order. Orders are counted at the amplitude level. For example, the process 1 -1 -> 2 -2 would have orders (2,0), (1,1) and (0,2). The first number always refers to QCD, the second to electroweak. The third and following numbers are model specific. Half-integer orders are so far supported only by Comix. An asterisk can be used as a wildcard.

Note that for decay chains this setting applies to the full process, see Decay and DecayOS.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.10 Max_Order

Sets a process-specific maximum coupling order. Orders are counted at the amplitude level. For example, the process 1 -1 -> 2 -2 would have orders (2,0), (1,1) and (0,2). The first number always refers to QCD, the second to electroweak. The third and following numbers are model specific. Half-integer orders are so far supported only by Comix.

Note that for decay chains this setting applies to the full process, see Decay and DecayOS.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.11 Min_Order

Sets a process-specific minimum coupling order. Orders are counted at the amplitude level. For example, the process 1 -1 -> 2 -2 would have orders (2,0), (1,1) and (0,2). The first number always refers to QCD, the second to electroweak. The third and following numbers are model specific. Half-integer orders are so far supported only by Comix.

Note that for decay chains this setting applies to the full process, see Decay and DecayOS.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.12 Min_N_Quarks

Limits the minimum number of quarks in the process to the given value.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.13 Max_N_Quarks

Limits the maximum number of quarks in the process to the given value.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.14 Min_N_TChannels

Limits the minimum number of t-channel propagators in the process to the given value.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.15 Max_N_TChannels

Limits the maximum number of t-channel propagators in the process to the given value.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.17 Name_Suffix

Defines a unique name suffix for the process.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.18 Integration_Error

Sets a process-specific relative integration error target.

For multijet processes, this parameter can be specified per final state multiplicity. An example would be

Process 93 93 -> 93 93 93{2}
Integration_Error 0.02 {3,4}

Here, the integration error target is set to 2% for 2->3 and 2->4 processes.


5.6.19 Max_Epsilon

Sets epsilon for maximum weight reduction. The key idea is to allow weights larger than the maximum during event generation, as long as the fraction of the cross section represented by corresponding events is at most the epsilon factor times the total cross section. In other words, the relative contribution of overweighted events to the inclusive cross section is at most epsilon.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.20 Enhance_Factor

Sets a process specific enhance factor.

For multijet processes, this parameter can be specified per final state multiplicity. An example would be

Process 93 93 -> 93 93 93{2}
Enhance_Factor 4 {3}
Enhance_Factor 16 {4}

Here, 3-jet processes are enhanced by a factor of 4, 4-jet processes by a factor of 16.


5.6.21 RS_Enhance_Factor

Sets an enhance factor for the RS-piece of an MC@NLO process.

For multijet processes, this parameter can be specified per final state multiplicity. An example would be

Process 93 93 -> 90 91 93{3};
NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {2,3};
RS_Enhance_Factor 10 {2};
RS_Enhance_Factor 20 {3};

Here, the RS-pieces of the MC@NLO subprocesses of the 2 particle final state processes are enhanced by a factor of 10, while those of the 3 particle final state processes are enhanced by a factor of 20.


5.6.22 Enhance_Function

Specifies a phase-space dependent biasing of parton-level events (before showering). The given parton-level observable defines a multiplicative enhancement on top of the normal matrix element shape. Example:

Process 93 93 -> 11 -11 93{1}
Enhance_Function: VAR{PPerp2(p[2]+p[3])/400} {3}

In this example, Z+1-jet events with p_\perp(Z)=20 GeV and Z+0-jet events will come with no enhancement, while other Z+1-jet events will be enhanced with (p_\perp(Z)/20)^2. Note: if you would define the enhancement function without the normalisation to 1/20^2, the Z+1-jet would come with a significant overall enhancement compared to the unenhanced Z+0-jet process, which would have a strong impact on the statistical uncertainty in the Z+0-jet region.

Optionally, a range can be specified over which the multiplicative biasing should be applied. The matching at the range boundaries will be smooth, i.e. the effective enhancement is frozen to its value at the boundaries. Example:

Process 93 93 -> 11 -11 93{1}
Enhance_Function: VAR{PPerp2(p[2]+p[3])/400}|1.0|100.0 {3}

This implements again an enhancement with (p_\perp(Z)/20)^2 but only in the range of 20-200 GeV. As you can see, you have to take into account the normalisation also in the range specification.

This feature can be used for weighted and unweighted event generation.

Note that the convergence of the Monte Carlo integration can be worse if enhance functions are employed and therefore the integration can take significantly longer. The reason is that the default phase space mapping, which is constructed according to diagrammatic information from hard matrix elements, is not suited for event generation including enhancement. It must first be adapted, which, depending on the enhance function and the final state multiplicity, can be an intricate task.

If Sherpa cannot achieve an integration error target due to the use of enhance functions, it might be appropriate to locally redefine this error target, see Integration_Error.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.23 Enhance_Observable

Specifies a phase-space dependent biasing of parton-level events (before showering) to make them statistically flat in the given observable (and range). An example would be:

Process 93 93 -> 11 -11 93{1}
Enhance_Observable VAR{log10(PPerp(p[2]+p[3]))}|1|3 {3}

Here, the 1-jet process is flattened with respect to the logarithmic transverse momentum of the lepton pair in the limits 1.0 (10 GeV) to 3.0 (1 TeV). For the calculation of the observable one can use any function available in the algebra interpreter (see Interpreter).

The matching at the range boundaries will be smooth, i.e. the effective enhancement is frozen to its value at the boundaries.

This can have unwanted side effects for the statistical uncertainty when used in a multi-jet merged sample, because the flattening is applied in each multiplicity separately, and also affects the relative selection weights of each sub-sample (e.g. 2-jet vs. 3-jet).


5.6.24 NLO_QCD_Mode

This setting specifies whether and in which mode an QCD NLO calculation should be performed. Possible values are:

  • Fixed_Order ... perform a fixed-order next-to-leading order calculation
  • MC@NLO ... perform an MC@NLO-type matching of a fixed-order next-to-leading order calculation to the resummation of the parton shower

The usual multiplicity identifier apply to this switch as well. Note that this setting implies NLO_QCD_Part BVIRS for the relevant multiplicities. This can be overridden by setting NLO_QCD_Part explicitly in case of fixed-order calculations.

Note that Sherpa includes only a very limited selection of one-loop corrections. For processes not included external codes can be interfaced, see External one-loop ME


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.25 NLO_QCD_Part

In case of fixed-order NLO calculations this switch specifies which pieces of a QCD NLO calculation are computed. Possible choices are

  • B ... born term
  • V ... virtual (one-loop) correction
  • I ... integrated subtraction terms
  • RS ... real correction, regularized using Catani-Seymour subtraction terms

Different pieces can be combined in one processes setup. Only pieces with the same number of final state particles and the same order in alpha_S can be treated as one process, otherwise they will be automatically split up.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.26 NLO_EW_Mode

This setting specifies whether and in which mode an electroweak NLO calculation should be performed. Possible values are:

  • Fixed_Order ... perform a fixed-order next-to-leading order calculation

Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.27 NLO_EW_Part

In case of fixed-order NLO calculations this switch specifies which pieces of a electroweak NLO calculation are computed. Possible choices are

  • B ... born term
  • V ... virtual (one-loop) correction
  • I ... integrated subtraction terms
  • RS ... real correction, regularized using Catani-Seymour subtraction terms

Different pieces can be combined in one processes setup. Only pieces with the same number of final state particles and the same order in alpha_QED can be treated as one process, otherwise they will be automatically split up.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.28 Subdivide_Virtual

Allows to split the virtual contribution to the total cross section into pieces. Currently supported options when run with BlackHat are LeadingColor and FullMinusLeadingColor. For high-multiplicity calculations these settings allow to adjust the relative number of points in the sampling to reduce the overall computation time.


5.6.29 ME_Generator

Set a process specific nametag for the desired tree-ME generator, see ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.30 RS_ME_Generator

Set a process specific nametag for the desired ME generator used for the real minus subtraction part of NLO calculations. See also ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR.


5.6.31 Loop_Generator

Set a process specific nametag for the desired loop-ME generator. The only Sherpa-native option is Internal with a few hard coded loop matrix elements.


5.6.32 Pilot_Loop_Generator

Set a process specific nametag for the desired loop-ME generator used for calculating the weight of pilot events, see EVENT_GENERATION_MODE. If this is much faster than the Loop_Generator, significant speed-ups can be achieved in (partially) unweighted event generation. For example, a pilot loop generator with analytic expressions instead of a purely numerical evaluation can be used, such as MCFM. Then, OpenLoops can be used as the actual loop generator, such that for example EWvirt variations can be calculated, which are not available with MCFM.


5.6.33 Associated_Contributions

Set a process specific list of associated contributions to be computed. Valid values are EW (approximate EW corrections), LO1 (first subleading leading-order correction), LO2 (second subleading leading-order correction), LO3 (third subleading leading-order correction). They can be combined, eg. EW|LO1|LO2|LO3. Please note, the associated contributions will not be added to the nominal event weight but instead are available to be included in the on-the-fly calculation of alternative event weights, cf. Scale and PDF variations.

5.6.33.1 BlackHat Interface

Another source for loop matrix elements is BlackHat. To use this Sherpa has to be linked to BlackHat during installation by using the configure option --enable-blackhat=/path/to/blackhat. The BlackHat settings file can be specified using BH_SETTINGS_FILE.


5.6.34 Integrator

Sets a process-specific integrator, see INTEGRATOR.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.35 PSI_ItMin

Sets the number of points per optimization step, see PSI_ITMIN.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.36 RS_PSI_ItMin

Sets the number of points per optimization step in real-minus-subtraction parts of fixed-order and MC@NLO calculations, see PSI_ITMIN.


Previous: , Up: Processes   [Contents][Index]

5.6.37 End process

Completes the setup of a process or a list of processes with common properties.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.7 Selectors

The setup of cuts at the matrix element level is covered by the ‘(selector)’ section of the steering file or the selector data file ‘Selector.dat’, respectively.

Sherpa provides the following selectors


5.7.1 One particle selectors

The selectors listed here implement cuts on the matrix element level, based on single particle kinematics. The corresponding syntax in Selector.dat is

<keyword> <flavour code> <min value> <max value>

<min value> and <max value> are floating point numbers, which can also be given in a form that is understood by the internal algebra interpreter, see Interpreter. The selectors act on all possible particles with the given flavour. Their respective keywords are

Energy

energy cut

ET

transverse energy cut

PT

transverse momentum cut

Rapidity

rapidity cut

PseudoRapidity

pseudorapidity cut

PZIN

cut on the z-component of the momentum, acts on initial-state flavours only (commonly used in DIS analyses)


5.7.2 Two particle selectors

The selectors listed here implement cuts on the matrix element level, based on two particle kinematics. The corresponding syntax in Selector.dat is

<keyword> <flavour1 code> <flavour2 code> <min value> <max value>

<min value> and <max value> are floating point numbers, which can also be given in a form that is understood by the internal algebra interpreter, see Interpreter. The selectors act on all possible particles with the given flavour. Their respective keywords are

Mass

invariant mass

Angle

angular separation (rad)

BeamAngle

angular separation w.r.t. beam

(‘<flavour2 code>’ is 0 or 1, referring to beam 1 or 2)

DeltaEta

pseudorapidity separation

DeltaY

rapidity separation

DeltaPhi

azimuthal angle separation (rad)

DeltaR

R separation

INEL

inelasticity, one of the flavours must be in the initial-state (commonly used in DIS analyses)


5.7.3 Decay selectors

The selectors listed here implement cuts on the matrix element level, based on particle decays, see Decay and DecayOS.

DecayMass

Invariant mass of a decaying particle. The syntax is

DecayMass <flavour code> <min value> <max value>
Decay

Any kinematic variable of a decaying particle. The syntax is

Decay(<expression>) <flavour code> <min value> <max value>

where <expression> is an expression handled by the internal interpreter, see Interpreter.

Decay2

Any kinematic variable of a pair of decaying particles. The syntax is

  Decay2(<expression>) <flavour1 code> <flavour2 code> <min value> <max value>

where <expression> is an expression handled by the internal interpreter, see Interpreter.

Particles are identified by flavour, i.e. the cut is applied on all decaying particles that match <flavour code>. <min value> and <max value> are floating point numbers, which can also be given in a format that is understood by the internal algebra interpreter, see Interpreter.


5.7.4 Jet finders

There are three different types of jet finders

JetFinder

k_T-algorithm

ConeFinder

cone-algorithm

NJetFinder

k_T-type algorithm to select on a given number of jets

Their respective syntax is

JetFinder  <ycut>[<ycut decay 1>[<ycut decay 11>...]...]... <D parameter>
ConeFinder <min R> 
NJetFinder <n> <ptmin> <etmin> <D parameter> [<exponent>] [<eta max>] [<mass max>]
FastjetFinder <algorithm> <n> <ptmin> <etmin> <dr> [<f(siscone)>=0.75] [<eta-max>] [<y-max>] [<nb>] [<nb2>]

For JetFinder, it is possible to give different values of ycut in individual subprocesses of a production-decay chain. The square brackets are then used to denote the decays. In case only one uniform set of ycut is to be used, the square brackets are left out.

<ycut>, <min R> and <D parameter> are floating point numbers, which can also be given in a form that is understood by the internal algebra interpreter, see Interpreter.

The NJetFinder allows to select for kinematic configurations with at least <n> jets that satisfy both, the <ptmin> and the <etmin> minimum requirements and that are in a PseudoRapidity region |eta|<<eta max>. The <exponent> allows to apply a kt-algorithm (1) or an anti-kt algorithm (-1). As only massless partons are clustered by default, the <mass max> allows to also include partons with a mass up to the specified values. This is useful e.g. in calculations with massive b-quarks which shall nonetheless satisfy jet criteria.

The final option FastjetFinder allows to use the FastJet plugin if enabled during configuration(*).

It takes the following mandatory arguments: <algorithm> can take the values kt,antikt,cambridge,siscone, <n> is the minimum number of jets to be found, <ptmin> and <etmin> are the minimum transverse momentum and/or energy, <dr> is the radial parameter. Optional arguments are: <f(siscone)> (default 0.75), <eta-max> and <y-max> as maximal absolute (pseudo-)rapidity (default infinity), <nb> and <nb2> set the number of required b-jets, where for the former both b and anti-b quarks are counted equally towards b-jets, while for the latter they are added with a relative sign as constituents, i.e. a jet containing b and anti-b is not tagged.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Selectors   [Contents][Index]

5.7.5 Universal selector

The universal selector is intended to implement non-standard cuts on the matrix element level. Its syntax is

"<variable>" <kf1>,..,<kfn> <min1>,<max1>:..:<minn>,<maxn> [<order1>,...,<orderm>]

No additional white spaces are allowed

The first word has to be double-quoted, and contains the name of the variable to cut on. The keywords for available predefined <variable>s can be figured by running Sherpa SHOW_VARIABLE_SYNTAX=1. Or alternatively, an arbitrary cut variable can be constructed using the internal interpreter, see Interpreter. This is invoked with the command ‘Calc(...)’. In the formula specified there you have to use place holders for the momenta of the particles: ‘p[0]’ ... ‘p[n]’ hold the momenta of the respective particles ‘kf1’ ... ‘kfn’. A list of available vector functions and operators can be found here Interpreter.

<kf1>,..,<kfn> specify the PDG codes of the particles the variable has to be calculated from. In case this choice is not unique in the final state, you have to specify multiple cut ranges (<min1>,<max1>:..:<minn>,<maxn>) for all (combinations of) particles you want to cut on, separated by semicolons.

If no fourth argument is given, the order of cuts is determined internally, according to Sherpa’s process classification scheme. This then has to be matched if you want to have different cuts on certain different particles in the matrix element. To do this, you should put enough (for the possible number of combinations of your particles) arbitrary ranges at first and run Sherpa with debugging output for the universal selector: ‘Sherpa OUTPUT=2[Variable_Selector::Trigger|15]’. This will start to produce lots of output during integration, at which point you can interrupt the run (Ctrl-c). In the ‘Variable_Selector::Trigger(): {...}’ output you can see, which particle combinations have been found and which cut range your selector has held for them (vs. the arbitrary range you specified). From that you should get an idea, in which order the cuts have to be specified.

If the fourth argument is given, particles are ordered before the cut is applied. Possible orderings are PT_UP, ET_UP, E_UP, ETA_UP and ETA_DOWN, (increasing p_T, E_T, E, eta, and decreasing eta). They have to be specified for each of the particles, separated by commas.

Examples

Two-body transverse mass

"mT" 11,-12 50,E_CMS

Cut on the pT of only the hardest lepton in the event

"PT" 90 50.0,E_CMS [PT_UP]

Using bool operations to restrict eta of the electron to |eta| < 1.1 or 1.5 < |eta| < 2.5

"Calc(abs(Eta(p[0]))<1.1||(abs(Eta(p[0]))>1.5&&abs(Eta(p[0]))<2.5))" 11 1,1

Note the range 1,1 meaning true for bool operations.

Requesting opposite side tag jets in VBF would for example need a setup like this

"Calc(Eta(p[0])*Eta(p[1]))" 93,93 -100,0 [PT_UP,PT_UP]

Restricting electron+photon mass to be outside of [87.0,97.0]:

"Calc(Mass(p[0]+p[1])<87.0||Mass(p[0]+p[1])>97.0)" 11,22 1,1

In ‘Z[lepton lepton] Z[lepton lepton]’, cut on mass of lepton-pairs produced from Z’s:

"m" 90,90 80,100:0,E_CMS:0,E_CMS:0,E_CMS:0,E_CMS:80,100

Here we use knowledge about the internal ordering to cut only on the correct lepton pairs.


5.7.6 Minimum selector

This selector can combine several selectors to pass an event if either those passes the event. It is mainly designed to generate more inclusive samples that, for instance, include several jet finders and that allows a specification later. The syntax is

MinSelector {
  Selector 1
  Selector 2
  ...
} 

5.7.7 NLO selectors

Phase-space cuts that are applied on next-to-leading order calculations must be defined in a infrared safe way. Technically there is also a special treatment for the real (subtracted) correction required. Currently only the following selectors meet this requirement:

QCD parton cuts
NJetFinder <n> <ptmin> <etmin> <D parameter> [<exponent>] [<eta max>] [<mass max>]

(see Jet finders)

Cuts on not strongly interacting particles

One particle selectors

PTNLO <flavour code> <min value> <max value>
RapidityNLO <flavour code> <min value> <max value>
PseudoRapidityNLO <flavour code> <min value> <max value>

Two particle selectors

PT2NLO <flavour1 code> <flavour2 code> <min value> <max value>
Mass <flavour1 code> <flavour2 code> <min value> <max value>
Cuts on photons
IsolationCut 22 <dR> <exponent> <epsilon>

implements the Frixione isolation cone [Fri98].

The Minimum selector can be used if constructed with other selectors mentioned in this section

Previous: , Up: Selectors   [Contents][Index]

5.7.8 Fastjet selector

If FastJet is enabled(*), the momenta and nodal values of the jets found with Fastjet can be used to calculate more elaborate selector criteria. The syntax of this selector is

FastjetSelector <expression> <algorithm> <n> <ptmin> <etmin> <dr> [<f(siscone)>=0.75] [<eta-max>] [<y-max>] [<bmode>]

wherein algorithm can take the values kt,antikt,cambridge,siscone. In the algebraic expression MU_n2 (n=2..njet+1) signify the nodal values of the jets found and p[i] are their momenta. For details see Scale setters. For example, in lepton pair production in association with jets

FastjetSelector Mass(p[4]+p[5])>100. antikt 2 40. 0. 0.5

selects all phase space points where two anti-kt jets with at least 40 GeV of transverse momentum and an invariant mass of at least 100 GeV are found. The expression must calculate a boolean value. The bmode parameter, if specified different from its default 0, allows to use b-tagged jets only, based on the parton-level constituents of the jets. There are two options: With <bmode>=1 both b and anti-b quarks are counted equally towards b-jets, while for <bmode>=2 they are added with a relative sign as constituents, i.e. a jet containing b and anti-b is not tagged.

(*) If FastJet has not been enabled during configuration of your Sherpa installation, you can still build a FastJet-based selector plugin by including the content of any necessary functions (e.g. from Fastjet_Helpers.[HC]) explicitly and linking against FastJet at compile time of the plugin.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.8 Integration

The integration setup is covered by the ‘(integration)’ section of the steering file or the integration data file ‘Integration.dat’, respectively.

The following parameters are used to steer the integration.


5.8.1 INTEGRATION_ERROR

Specifies the relative integration error target.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Integration   [Contents][Index]

5.8.2 INTEGRATOR

Specifies the integrator. The possible integrator types depend on the matrix element generator. In general users should rely on the default value and otherwise seek the help of the authors, see Authors. Within AMEGIC++ the options AMEGIC_INTEGRATOR and AMEGIC_RS_INTEGRATOR can be used to steer the behaviour of the default integrator

  • 4: building up the channels is achieved through respecting the peak structure given by the propagators. The algorithm works recursively starting from the initial state.
  • 5: this is an extension of option 4. In the case of competing peaks (e.g. a Higgs boson decaying into W+W−, which further decay), additional channels are produced to account for all kinematical configurations where one of the propagating particles is produced on its mass shell.
  • 6: in contrast to option 4 the algorithm now starts from the final state. The extra channels described in option 5 are produced as well. This is the default integrator.
  • 7: Same as option 4 but with tweaked exponents. Optimised for the integration of real-subtracted matrix-elements.

In addition, a few ME-generator independent integrators have been implemented for specific processes:

  • Rambo: RAMBO [Kle85a]. Generates isotropic final states.
  • VHAAG: Vegas-improved HAAG integrator [Ham02].
  • VHAAG_res: is an integrator for a final state of a weak boson, decaying into two particles plus two or more jets based on HAAG [Ham02]. When this integrator is used the keyword VHAAG_RES_KF specifies the kf-code of the weak boson, the default is W (24). VHAAG_RES_D1 and VHAAG_RES_D2 define the positions of the Boson decay products within the internal naming scheme, where 2 is the position of the first outgoing particle. The defaults are VHAAG_RES_D1=2 and VHAAG_RES_D2=3, which is the correct choice for all processes where the decay products are the only not strongly interacting final state particles.

5.8.3 VEGAS

Specifies whether or not to employ Vegas for adaptive integration. The two possible values are On and Off, the default being On.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Integration   [Contents][Index]

5.8.4 FINISH_OPTIMIZATION

Specifies whether the full Vegas optimization is to be carried out. The two possible options are On and Off, the default being On.


5.8.5 PSI_NMAX

The maximum number of points before cuts to be generated during integration. This parameter acts on a process-by-process basis.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Integration   [Contents][Index]

5.8.6 PSI_ITMIN

The minimum number of points used for every optimisation cycle. Please note that it might be increased automatically for complicated processes.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Integration   [Contents][Index]

5.8.7 PSI_ITMAX

The maximum number of points used for every optimisation cycle. Please note that for complicated processes the number given might be insufficient for a meaningful optimisation.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Integration   [Contents][Index]

5.8.8 PSI_ITMIN_BY_NODE

Same as PSI_ITMIN, but specified per node to allow tuning of integration performance in large-scale MPI runs.


5.8.9 PSI_ITMAX_BY_NODE

Same as PSI_ITMAX, but specified per node to allow tuning of integration performance in large-scale MPI runs.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.9 Hard decays

The handler for decays of particles produced in the hard scattering process (e.g. W, Z, top, Higgs) can be enabled using the HARD_DECAYS=1 switch. Which (anti)particles should be treated as unstable is determined by the STABLE[<id>] switch described in Models.

This decay module can also be used on top of NLO matrix elements, but it does not include any NLO corrections in the decay matrix elements themselves.

Note that the decay handler is an afterburner at the event generation level. It does not affect the calculation and integration of the hard scattering matrix elements. The cross section is thus unaffected during integration, and the branching ratios (if any decay channels have been disabled) are only taken into account for the event weights and cross section output at the end of event generation (if not disabled with the HDH_BR_WEIGHTS option, cf. below). Furthermore any cuts or scale definitions are not affected by decays and operate only on the inclusively produced particles before decays.


Next: , Up: Hard decays   [Contents][Index]

5.9.1 HDH_STATUS

This option allows to explicitly force or disable a decay channel identified by its ID code (which can be found in the decay table printed to screen during the run). The status can take the following values:

HDH_STATUS[<idcode>]=-1

Decay channel is disabled and does not contribute to total width.

HDH_STATUS[<idcode>]=0

Decay channel is disabled but contributes to total width.

HDH_STATUS[<idcode>]=1 (default)

Decay channel is enabled.

HDH_STATUS[<idcode>]=2

Decay channel is forced.

For example, to disable the hadronic decay channels of the W boson one would use:

HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1]=0
HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3]=0
HDH_STATUS[-24,-2,1]=0
HDH_STATUS[-24,-4,3]=0

In the same way, the bottom decay mode of the Higgs could be forced using:

HDH_STATUS[25,5,-5]=2

Note that the ordering of the decay products in <idcode> is important and has to be identical to the ordering in the decay table printed to screen. Multiple decay channels (also for different decaying particles and antiparticles) can be specified as separate lines. It is also possible to request multiple forced decay channels for the same particle, all other channels will then automatically be disabled.


5.9.2 HDH_WIDTH

This option allows to overwrite the calculated partial width (in GeV) of a given decay channel, and even to add new inactive channels which contribute to the total width. This is useful to adjust the branching ratios, which are used for the relative contributions of different channels and also influence the cross section during event generation, as well as the total width which is used for the lineshape of the resonance.

An example to set (/add) the partial widths of the H->ff, H->gg and H->yy channels can be seen in the following. The values have been taken from LHCHXSWG) for MASS[25]=125 and WIDTH[25]=0.00407:

HDH_WIDTH[25,5,-5]=2.35e-3
HDH_WIDTH[25,15,-15]=2.57e-4
HDH_WIDTH[25,13,-13]=8.91e-7
HDH_WIDTH[25,4,-4]=1.18e-4
HDH_WIDTH[25,3,-3]=1.00e-6
HDH_WIDTH[25,21,21]=3.49e-4
HDH_WIDTH[25,22,22]=9.28e-6

Another example, setting the leptonic and hadronic decay channels of W and Z bosons to the PDG values, would be specified as follows:

HDH_WIDTH[24,2,-1]=0.7041
HDH_WIDTH[24,4,-3]=0.7041
HDH_WIDTH[24,12,-11]=0.2256
HDH_WIDTH[24,14,-13]=0.2256
HDH_WIDTH[24,16,-15]=0.2256
HDH_WIDTH[-24,-2,1]=0.7041
HDH_WIDTH[-24,-4,3]=0.7041
HDH_WIDTH[-24,-12,11]=0.2256
HDH_WIDTH[-24,-14,13]=0.2256
HDH_WIDTH[-24,-16,15]=0.2256
HDH_WIDTH[23,1,-1]=0.3828
HDH_WIDTH[23,2,-2]=0.2980
HDH_WIDTH[23,3,-3]=0.3828
HDH_WIDTH[23,4,-4]=0.2980
HDH_WIDTH[23,5,-5]=0.3828
HDH_WIDTH[23,11,-11]=0.0840
HDH_WIDTH[23,12,-12]=0.1663
HDH_WIDTH[23,13,-13]=0.0840
HDH_WIDTH[23,14,-14]=0.1663
HDH_WIDTH[23,15,-15]=0.0840
HDH_WIDTH[23,16,-16]=0.1663

5.9.3 HARD_SPIN_CORRELATIONS

Spin correlations between the hard scattering process and the following decay processes are enabled by default. If you want to disable them, e.g. for spin correlation studies, you can specify the option HARD_SPIN_CORRELATIONS=0.


5.9.4 STORE_DECAY_RESULTS

The decay table and partial widths are calculated on-the-fly during the initialization phase of Sherpa from the given model and its particles and interaction vertices. To store these results in the Results/Decays directory, one has to specify STORE_DECAY_RESULTS=1. In case existing decay tables are to be read in STORE_DECAY_RESULTS=1 is to be specified as well. Please note, that Sherpa will delete decay channels present in the read in results but not in the present model with present parameters by default. To prevent Sherpa from updating the decay table files accordingly specify STORE_DECAY_RESULTS=2.


5.9.5 DECAY_RESULT_DIRECTORY

Specifies the name of the directory where the decay results are to be stored. Defaults to the value of RESULT_DIRECTORY.


5.9.6 HDH_SET_WIDTHS

The decay handler computes LO partial and total decay widths and generates decays with corresponding branching fractions, independently from the particle widths specified by WIDTH[<id>]. The latter are relevant only for the core process and should be set to zero for all unstable particles appearing in the core-process final state. This guarantees on-shellness and gauge invariance of the core process, and subsequent decays can be handled by the afterburner. In constrast, WIDTH[<id>] should be set to the physical width when unstable particles appear (only) as intermediate states in the core process, i.e. when production and decay are handled as a full process or using Decay/DecayOS. In this case, the option HDH_SET_WIDTHS=1 permits to overwrite the WIDTH[<id>] values of unstable particles by the LO widths computed by the decay handler.


5.9.7 HDH_BR_WEIGHTS

By default (HDH_BR_WEIGHTS=1), weights for events which involve a hard decay are multiplied with the corresponding branching ratios (if decay channels have been disabled). This also means that the total cross section at the end of the event generation run already includes the appropriate BR factors. If you want to disable that, e.g. because you want to multiply with your own modified BR, you can set the option HDH_BR_WEIGHTS=0.


5.9.8 HARD_MASS_SMEARING

With the default of HARD_MASS_SMEARING=1 the kinematic mass of the unstable propagator is distributed according to a Breit-Wigner shape a posteriori. All matrix elements are still calculated in the narrow-width approximation with onshell particles. Only the kinematics are affected. To keep all intermediate particles onshell use HARD_MASS_SMEARING=0.


5.9.9 RESOLVE_DECAYS

There are different options how to decide when a 1->2 process should be replaced by the respective 1->3 processes built from its decaying daughter particles.

RESOLVE_DECAYS=Threshold

(default) Only when the sum of decay product masses exceeds the decayer mass.

RESOLVE_DECAYS=ByWidth

As soon as the sum of 1->3 partial widths exceeds the 1->2 partial width.

RESOLVE_DECAYS=None

No 1->3 decays are taken into account.


5.9.10 DECAY_TAU_HARD

By default, the tau lepton is decayed by the hadron decay module, Hadron decays, which includes not only the leptonic decay channels but also the hadronic modes. If DECAY_TAU_HARD=1 is specified, the tau lepton will be decayed in the hard decay handler, which only takes leptonic and partonic decay modes into account. Note, that in this case the tau needs to also be set massive with MASSIVE[15]=1.


Previous: , Up: Hard decays   [Contents][Index]

5.9.11 Decay table integration settings

Three parameters can be used to steer the accuracy and time consumption of the calculation of the partial widths in the decay table: HDH_INT_ACCURACY=0.01 specifies a relative accuracy for the integration. The corresponding target reference is either the given total width of the decaying particle (HDH_INT_TARGET_MODE=0, default) or the calculated partial decay width (HDH_INT_TARGET_MODE=1). The option HDH_INT_NITER=2500 can be used to change the number of points per integration iteration, and thus also the minimal number of points to be used in an integration.


5.10 Parton showers

The shower setup is covered by the ‘(shower)’ section of the steering file or the shower data file ‘Shower.dat’, respectively.

The following parameters are used to steer the shower setup.


5.10.1 SHOWER_GENERATOR

The only full-fledged shower currently available in Sherpa is CSS, and this is the default for this tag. See the module summaries in Basic structure for details about this shower. For cross-checks in pure parton shower setups, one can use Dire. In this case, one also needs to set CSS_IS_AS_FAC=1, CSS_FS_AS_FAC=1, CSS_IS_PT2MIN=3, and CSS_FS_PT2MIN=3.

Other shower modules are in principle supported and more choices will be provided by Sherpa in the near future. To list all available shower modules, the tag SHOW_SHOWER_GENERATORS=1 can be specified on the command line.

SHOWER_GENERATOR=None switches parton showering off completely. However, even in the case of strict fixed order calculations, this might not be the desired behaviour as, for example, then neither the METS scale setter, cf. SCALES, nor Sudakov rejection weights can be employed. To circumvent when using the CS Shower see CS Shower options.


5.10.2 JET_CRITERION

The only natively supported option in Sherpa is CSS, and this is also the default. The corresponding jet criterion is described in [Hoe09]. A custom jet criterion, tailored to a specific experimental analysis, can be supplied using Sherpa’s plugin mechanism.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Parton showers   [Contents][Index]

5.10.3 MASSIVE_PS

This option instructs Sherpa to treat certain partons as massive in the shower, which have been considered massless by the matrix element. The argument is a list of parton flavours, for example MASSIVE_PS 4 5, if both c- and b-quarks are to be treated as massive.


5.10.4 MASSLESS_PS

When hard decays are used, Sherpa treats all flavours as massive in the parton shower. This option instructs Sherpa to treat certain partons as massless in the shower nonetheless. The argument is a list of parton flavours, for example MASSLESS_PS 1 2 3, if u-, d- and s-quarks are to be treated as massless.


Previous: , Up: Parton showers   [Contents][Index]

5.10.5 CS Shower options

Sherpa’s default shower module is based on [Sch07a]. A new ordering parameter for initial state splitters was introduced in [Hoe09] and a novel recoil strategy for initial state splittings was proposed in [Hoe09a]. While the ordering variable is fixed, the recoil strategy for dipoles with initial-state emitter and final-state spectator can be changed for systematics studies. Setting CSS_KIN_SCHEME=0 corresponds to using the recoil scheme proposed in [Hoe09a], while CSS_KIN_SCHEME=1 (default) enables the original recoil strategy. The lower cutoff of the shower evolution can be set via CSS_FS_PT2MIN and CSS_IS_PT2MIN for final and initial state shower, respectively. Note that this value is specified in GeV^2. Scale factors for the evaluation of the strong coupling in the parton shower are given by CSS_FS_AS_FAC and CSS_IS_AS_FAC. They multiply the ordering parameter, which is given in units of GeV^2.

By default, only QCD splitting functions are enabled in the shower. If you also want to allow for photon splittings, you can enable them by using CSS_EW_MODE=1. Note, that if you have leptons in your matrix-element final state, they are by default treated by a soft photon resummation as explained in QED corrections. To avoid double counting, this has to be disabled as explained in that section.

The CS Shower can be forced not to emit any partons setting CSS_NOEM=1. Sudakov rejection weights for merged samples are calculated nonetheless. Setting CSS_MAXEM=<N>, on the other hand, forces the CS Shower to truncate its evolution at the Nth emission. This setting, however does not necessarily compute all Sudakov weights correctly. Both settings still enable the CS Shower to be used in the METS scale setter, cf. SCALES.

The evolution variable of the CS shower can be changed using CSS_EVOLUTION_SCHEME. Two options are currently implemented, which correspond to transverse momentum ordering (option 0) and modified transverse momentum ordering (option 1). In addition, modified versions of these options (option 2 and option 3) are implemented, which take parton masses into account where applicable. The scale at which the strong coupling for gluon splitting into quarks is evaluated can be chosen with CSS_SCALE_SCHEME, where 0 corresponds to the ordering parameter and 1 corresponds to invariant mass. Additionally, the CS shower allows to disable splittings at scales below the on-shell mass of heavy quarks. The upper limit for the corresponding heavy quark mass is set using CSS_MASS_THRESHOLD.

The cut-off behaviour of the strong coupling for scales at which its value would formally exceed one can be set using CSS_ALPHAS_FREEZE_MODE. Setting it to 0 (which is the default) means that the strong coupling evaluates to zero at such scales (hard cut-off). Setting it to 1 lets it evaluate to one instead (freeze-in). A freeze-in behaviour is preferable when reweighting shower emissions, but it has not been used in the default Sherpa tune, and should therefore not be used when comparing particle-level predictions to data.

In order to improve the behavior of the parton shower in processes with large higher-order contributions from t-channel gluon exchange, the splitting kernels can be modified using NLO_SUBTRACTION_SCHEME. The default option is 0, corresponding to the standard Catani-Seymour kernels, while option 2 replaces the 1/x terms in initial-initial dipole operators by 1/(x+v). This change is made consistently in both the parton shower, the NLO fixed-order and NLO matched calculation.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.11 Multiple interactions

The multiple parton interaction (MPI) setup is covered by the ‘(mi)’ section of the steering file or the MPI data file ‘MI.dat’, respectively. The basic MPI model is described in [Sjo87] while Sherpa’s implementation details are discussed in [Ale05]

The following parameters are used to steer the MPI setup.


5.11.1 MI_HANDLER

Specifies the MPI handler. The two possible values at the moment are None and Amisic.


5.11.2 TURNOFF

Specifies the transverse momentum turnoff in GeV.


5.11.3 SCALE_MIN

Specifies the transverse momentum integration cutoff in GeV.


5.11.4 PROFILE_FUNCTION

Specifies the hadron profile function. The possible values are Exponential, Gaussian and Double_Gaussian. For the double gaussian profile, the relative core size and relative matter fraction can be set using PROFILE_PARAMETERS.


5.11.5 PROFILE_PARAMETERS

The potential parameters for hadron profile functions, see PROFILE_FUNCTION. For double gaussian profiles there are two parameters, corresponding to the relative core size and relative matter fraction.


5.11.6 REFERENCE_SCALE

Specifies the centre-of-mass energy at which the transverse momentum integration cutoff is used as is, see SCALE_MIN. This parameter should not be changed by the user. The default is ‘1800’, corresponding to Tevatron Run I energies.


5.11.7 RESCALE_EXPONENT

Specifies the rescaling exponent for fixing the transverse momentum integration cutoff at centre-of-mass energies different from the reference scale, see SCALE_MIN, REFERENCE_SCALE.


5.11.8 TURNOFF_EXPONENT

Specifies the rescaling exponent for fixing the transverse momentum turnoff at centre-of-mass energies different from the reference scale, see TURNOFF, REFERENCE_SCALE.


5.11.9 SIGMA_ND_FACTOR

Specifies the factor to scale the non-diffractive cross section calculated in the MPI initialisation.


5.11.10 MI_RESULT_DIRECTORY

Specifies the name of the directory where the MPI grid is stored. The default comprises the beam particles, their energies and the PDF used. In its default value, this information safeguards against using unsuitable grids for the current calculation, assuming a standard TUNE has been used.


5.11.11 MI_RESULT_DIRECTORY_SUFFIX

Supplements the default directory name for the MPI grid with a suffix.


5.12 Hadronization

The hadronization setup is covered by the ‘(fragmentation)’ section of the steering file or the fragmentation data file ‘Fragmentation.dat’, respectively.

It covers the fragmentation of partons into primordial hadrons as well as the decays of unstable hadrons into stable final states.


5.12.1 Fragmentation

5.12.1.1 Fragmentation models

The FRAGMENTATION parameter sets the fragmentation module to be employed during event generation.

  • The default is Ahadic, enabling Sherpa’s native hadronization model AHADIC++, based on the cluster fragmentation model introduced in [Fie82a], [Web83], [Got86], and [Mar87] and implementing some modifications discussed in [Win03].
  • the hadronization can be disabled with the value Off.
  • To evaluate uncertainties stemming from the hadronization, Sherpa also provides an interface to the Lund string fragmentation in Pythia 6.4 [Sjo06] by using the setting Lund. In this case, the standard Pythia switches MSTJ, MSTP, MSTU, PARP, PARJ and PARU can be used to steer the behaviour of the Lund string, see [Sjo06]. They are specified as MSTJ(<number>)=<value>.

The following parameters steer the Ahadic fragmentation model and up-to-date default values of these parameters can be found in AHADIC++/Tools/Hadronisation_Parameters.C.

5.12.1.2 Hadron constituents

The constituent masses of the quarks and diquarks are given by

  • M_UP_DOWN
  • M_STRANGE
  • M_CHARM
  • M_BOTTOM

The diquark masses are composed of the quark masses and some additional parameters, with

  • M_DIQUARK_OFFSET
  • M_BIND_0
  • M_BIND_1

5.12.1.3 Hadron multiplets

For the selection of hadrons emerging in such cluster transitions and decays, an overlap between the cluster flavour content and the flavour part of the hadronic wave function is formed. This may be further modified by production probabilities, organised by multiplet and given by the parameters

  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_PSEUDOSCALARS
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_VECTORS
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_TENSORS2
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_TENSORS3
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_TENSORS4
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_SCALARS
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_AXIALVECTORS
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_TENSORS2
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L2R0_VECTORS
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L3R0_VECTORS
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R1_SCALARS
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R1_AXIALVECTORS
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_N_1/2
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_N*_1/2
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_N*_1/2
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_N*_3/2
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_DELTA_3/2
  • MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_DELTA*_3/2

In addition, there are some enhancement and suppression factors applied to heavy baryons and meson singlets,

  • HEAVY_BARYON_ENHANCEMEMT
  • SINGLET_SUPPRESSION

For the latter, Sherpa also allows to redfine the mixing angles through parameters such as

  • Mixing_0+
  • Mixing_1-

5.12.1.4 Cluster transition to hadrons - flavour part

The phase space effects due to these masses govern to a large extent the flavour content of the non-perturbative gluon splittings at the end of the parton shower and in the decay of clusters. They are further modified by relative probabilities with respect to the production of up/down flavours through the parameters

  • STRANGE_FRACTION
  • BARYON_FRACTION
  • P_{QS}/P_{QQ}
  • P_{SS}/P_{QQ}
  • P_{QQ_1}/P_{QQ_0}

The transition of clusters to hadrons is governed by the following considerations:

  • Clusters can be interpreted as excited hadrons, with a continous mass spectrum.
  • When a cluster becomes sufficiently light such that its mass is below the largest mass of any hadron with the same flavour content, it must be re-iterpreted as such a hadron. In this case it will be shifted on the corresponding hadron mass, and the recoil will be distributed to the “neighbouring” clusters or by emitting a soft photon. This comparison of masses clearly depends on the multiplets switched on in AHADIC++, see above.
  • In addition, clusters may becomes sufficiently light such that they should decay directly into two hadrons instead of two clusters. This decision is based on the heaviest hadrons accessible in a decay.
  • If both options, transition and decay, are available, there is a competition between

5.12.1.5 Cluster transition and decay weights

The probability for a cluster C to be transformed into a hadron H is given by a combination of weights, obtained from the overlap with the flavour part of the hadronic wave function, the relative weight of the corresponding multiplet and a kinematic weight taking into account the mass difference of cluster and hadron and the width of the latter. For the direct decay of a cluster into two hadrons the overlaps with the wave functions of all hadrons, their respective multiplet suppression weights, the flavour weight for the creation of the new flavour q and a kinematical factor are relevant. Here, yet another tuning paramter enters,

  • MassExponent_C->HH

which partially compensates phase space effects favouring light hadrons,

5.12.1.6 Cluster decays - kinematics

Cluster decays are generated by firstly emitting a non-perturbative “gluon” from one of the quarks, using a transverse momentum distribution as in the non-perturbative gluon decays, see below, and by then splitting this gluon into a quark–antiquark of anti-diquark–diquark pair, again with the same kinematics. In the first of these splittings, the emission of the gluon, though, the energy distribution of the gluon is given by the quark splitting function, if this quark has been produced in the perturbative phase of the event. If, in contrast, the quark stems from a cluster decay, the energy of the gluon is selected according to a flat distribution.

In clusters decaying to hadrons, the transverse momentum is chosen according to a distribution given by an infrared-continued strong coupling and a term inversemly proportional to the infrared-modified transverse momentum, constrained to be below a maximal transverse momentum. The respective tuning parameters are

  • PT^2_0
  • PT_MAX
  • Q_as^2

5.12.1.7 Splitting kinematics

In each splitting, the kinematics is given by the transverse momentum, the energy splitting parameter and the azimuthal angle. The latter, the azimuthal angle is always seleectred according to a flat distribution, while the energy splitting parameter will either be chosen according to the quark-to-gluon splitting function (if the quark is a leading quark, i.e. produced in the pertrubative phase), to the gluon-to-quark splitting function, or according to a flat distribution. The transverse momentum is given by the same distribution as in the cluster decays to hadrons.


Previous: , Up: Hadronization   [Contents][Index]

5.12.2 Hadron decays

The treatment of hadron and tau decays is specified by DECAYMODEL. Its allowed values are either the default choice Hadrons, which renders the HADRONS++ module responsible for performing the decays, or the hadron decays can be disabled with the option Off.

HADRONS++ is the module within the Sherpa framework which is responsible for treating hadron and tau decays. It contains decay tables with branching ratios for approximately 2500 decay channels, of which many have their kinematics modelled according to a matrix element with corresponding form factors. Especially decays of the tau lepton and heavy mesons have form factor models similar to dedicated codes like Tauola [Jad93] and EvtGen [Lan01].

Some general switches which relate to hadron decays can be adjusted in the (fragmentation) section:

  • DECAYPATH The path to the parameter files for the hadron and tau decays (default: Decaydata/). It is important to note that the path has to be given relative to the current working directory. If it doesn’t exist, the default Decaydata directory (<prefix>/share/SHERPA-MC/Decaydata) will be used.
  • Hadron properties like mass, width, stable/unstable and active can be set in full analogy to the settings for fundamental particles in the (model) section (cf. Models).
  • SOFT_MASS_SMEARING = [0,1,2] (default: 1) Determines whether particles entering the hadron decay event phase should be put off-shell according to their mass distribution. It is taken care that no decay mode is suppressed by a potentially too low mass. While HADRONS++ determines this dynamically from the chosen decay channel, for Pythia as hadron decay handler its w-cut parameter is employed. Choosing option 2 instead of 1 will only set unstable (decayed) particles off-shell, but leave stable particles on-shell.
  • MAX_PROPER_LIFETIME = [mm] Parameter for maximum proper lifetime (in mm) up to which particles are considered unstable. If specified, this will make long-living particles stable, even if they are set unstable by default or by the user.

Many aspects of the above mentioned “Decaydata” can be adjusted. There exist three levels of data files, which are explained in the following sections. As with all other setup files, the user can either employ the default “Decaydata” in <prefix>/share/SHERPA-MC/Decaydata, or overwrite it (also selectively) by creating the appropriate files in the directory specified by DECAYPATH.

5.12.2.1 HadronDecays.dat

HadronDecays.dat consists of a table of particles that are to be decayed by HADRONS++. Note: Even if decay tables exist for the other particles, only those particles decay that are set unstable, either by default, or in the model/fragmentation settings. It has the following structure, where each line adds one decaying particle:

<kf-code>       -><subdirectory>/<filename>.dat
decaying particle    path to decay table    decay table file
default names:<particle>/Decays.dat

It is possible to specify different decay tables for the particle (positive kf-code) and anti-particle (negative kf-code). If only one is specified, it will be used for both particle and anti-particle.

If more than one decay table is specified for the same kf-code, these tables will be used in the specified sequence during one event. The first matching particle appearing in the event is decayed according to the first table, and so on until the last table is reached, which will be used for the remaining particles of this kf-code.

Additionally, this file may contain the keyword CREATE_BOOKLET on a separate line, which will cause HADRONS++ to write a LaTeX document containing all decay tables.

5.12.2.2 Decay table files

The decay table contains information about outgoing particles for each channel, its branching ratio and eventually the name of the file that stores parameters for a specific channel. If the latter is not specified HADRONS++ will produce it and modify the decay table file accordingly.

Additionally to the branching ratio, one may specify the error associated with it, and its source. Every hadron is supposed to have its own decay table in its own subdirectory. The structure of a decay table is

{kf1,kf2,kf3,...}BR(delta BR)[Origin]       <filename>.dat
outgoing particles       branching ratio       decay channel file

It should be stressed here that the branching ratio which is explicitly given for any individual channel in this file is always used regardless of any matrix-element value.

5.12.2.3 Decay channel files

A decay channel file contains various information about that specific decay channel. There are different sections, some of which are optional:

  • <Options>
        AlwaysIntegrate = 0
        CPAsymmetryC = 0.0
        CPAsymmetryS = 0.0
    </Options>
    
    • AlwaysIntegrate = [0,1] For each decay channel, one needs an integration result for unweighting the kinematics (see below). This result is stored in the decay channel file, such that the integration is not needed for each run. The AlwaysIntegrate option allows to bypass the stored integration result, and do the integration nonetheless (same effect as deleting the integration result).
    • CPAsymmetryC/CPAsymmetryS If one wants to include time dependent CP asymmetries through interference between mixing and decay one can set the coefficients of the cos and sin terms respectively. HADRONS++ will then respect these asymmetries between particle and anti-particle in the choice of decay channels.
  • <Phasespace>
      1.0 MyIntegrator1
      0.5 MyIntegrator2
    </Phasespace>
    
    Specifies the phase-space mappings and their weight.
  • <ME>
      1.0 0.0 my_matrix_element[X,X,X,X,X,...]
      1.0 0.0 my_current1[X,X,...] my_current2[X,X,X,...]
    </ME>
    
    Specifies the matrix elements or currents used for the kinematics, their respective weights, and the order in which the particles (momenta) enter them. For more details, the reader is referred to [Kra10].
  • <my_matrix_element[X,X,X,X,X,...]>
      parameter1 = value1
      parameter2 = value2
      ...
    </my_matrix_element[X,X,X,X,X,...]>
    
    Each matrix element or current may have an additional section where one can specify needed parameters, e.g. which form factor model to choose. Each parameter has to be specified on a new line as shown above. Available parameters are listed in [Kra10]. Parameters not specified get a default value, which might not make sense in specific decay channels. One may also specify often needed parameters in HadronConstants.dat, but they will get overwritten by channel specific parameters, should these exist.
  • <Result>
      3.554e-11 6.956e-14 1.388e-09;
    </Result>
    
    These last three lines have quite an important meaning. If they are missing, HADRONS++ integrates this channel during the initialization and adds the result lines. If this section exists though, and AlwaysIntegrate is off (the default value, see above) then HADRONS++ reads in the maximum for the kinematics unweighting.

    Consequently, if some parameters are changed (also masses of incoming and outgoing particles) the maximum might change such that a new integration is needed in order to obtain correct kinematical distributions. There are two ways to enforce the integration: either by deleting the last three lines or by setting AlwaysIntegrate to 1. When a channel is re-integrated, HADRONS++ copies the old decay channel file into .<filename>.dat.old.

5.12.2.4 HadronConstants.dat

HadronConstants.dat may contain some globally needed parameters (e.g. for neutral meson mixing, see [Kra10]) and also fall-back values for all matrix-element parameters which one specifies in decay channel files. Here, the Interference_X = 1 switch would enable rate asymmetries due to CP violation in the interference between mixing and decay (cf. Decay channel files), and setting Mixing_X = 1 enables explicit mixing in the event record according to the time evolution of the flavour states. By default, all mixing effects are turned off.

  • Mixing parameters with some example values
    x_K = 0.946
    y_K = -0.9965
    qoverp2_K = 1.0
    Interference_K = 0
    Mixing_K = 0
    
    x_D = 0.0
    y_D = 0.0
    qoverp2_D = 1.0
    Interference_D = 0
    Mixing_D = 0
    
    x_B = 0.776
    y_B = 0.0
    qoverp2_B = 1.0
    Interference_B = 1
    Mixing_B = 0
    
    x_B(s) = 30.0
    y_B(s) = 0.155
    qoverp2_B(s) = 1.0
    Interference_B(s) = 0
    Mixing_B(s) = 0
    

5.12.2.5 Further remarks

Spin correlations: a spin correlation algorithm is implemented. It can be switched on through the keyword SOFT_SPIN_CORRELATIONS=1 in the (run) section.

If spin correlations for tau leptons produced in the hard scattering process are supposed to be taken into account, one needs to specify HARD_SPIN_CORRELATIONS=1 as well. If using AMEGIC++ as ME generator, note that the Process libraries have to be re-created if this is changed.

Adding new channels: if new channels are added to HADRONS++ (choosing isotropic decay kinematics) a new decay table must be defined and the corresponding hadron must be added to HadronDecays.dat. The decay table merely needs to consist of the outgoing particles and branching ratios, i.e. the last column (the one with the decay channel file name) can safely be dropped. By running Sherpa it will automatically produce the decay channel files and write their names in the decay table.

Some details on tau decays: $\tau$ decays are treated within the HADRONS++ framework, even though the $\tau$ is not a hadron. As for many hadron decays, the hadronic tau decays have form factor models implemented, for details the reader is referred to [Kra10].


5.13 QED corrections

Higher order QED corrections are effected both on hard interaction and, upon their formation, on each hadron’s subsequent decay. The Photons [Sch08] module is called in both cases for this task. It employes a YFS-type resummation [Yen61] of all infrared singular terms to all orders and is equipped with complete first order corrections for the most relevant cases (all other ones receive approximate real emission corrections built up by Catani-Seymour splitting kernels).


5.13.1 General Switches

The relevant switches to steer the higher order QED corrections reside in the ‘(fragmentation)’ section of the steering file or the fragmentation data file ‘Fragmentation.dat’, respectively.


5.13.1.1 YFS_MODE

The keyword YFS_MODE = [0,1,2] determines the mode of operation of Photons. YFS_MODE = 0 switches Photons off. Consequently, neither the hard interaction nor any hadron decay will be corrected for soft or hard photon emission. YFS_MODE = 1 sets the mode to "soft only", meaning soft emissions will be treated correctly to all orders but no hard emission corrections will be included. With YFS_MODE = 2 these hard emission corrections will also be included up to first order in alpha_QED. This is the default setting.


Next: , Previous: , Up: General Switches   [Contents][Index]

5.13.1.2 YFS_USE_ME

The switch YFS_USE_ME = [0,1] tells Photons how to correct hard emissions to first order in alpha_QED. If YFS_USE_ME = 0, then Photons will use collinearly approximated real emission matrix elements. Virtual emission matrix elements of order alpha_QED are ignored. If, however, YFS_USE_ME=1, then exact real and/or virtual emission matrix elements are used wherever possible. These are presently available for V->FF, V->SS, S->FF, S->SS, S->Slnu, S->Vlnu type decays, Z->FF decays and leptonic tau and W decays. For all other decay types general collinearly approximated matrix elements are used. In both approaches all hadrons are treated as point-like objects. The default setting is YFS_USE_ME = 1. This switch is only effective if YFS_MODE = 2.


Previous: , Up: General Switches   [Contents][Index]

5.13.1.3 YFS_IR_CUTOFF

YFS_IR_CUTOFF sets the infrared cut-off dividing the real emission in two regions, one containing the infrared divergence, the other the "hard" emissions. This cut-off is currently applied in the rest frame of the multipole of the respective decay. It also serves as a minimum photon energy in this frame for explicit photon generation for the event record. In contrast, all photons below with energy less than this cut-off will be assumed to have negligible impact on the final-state momentum distributions. The default is YFS_IR_CUTOFF = 1E-3 (GeV). Of course, this switch is only effective if Photons is switched on, i.e. YFS_MODE = [1,2].


5.13.2 QED Corrections to the Hard Interaction

The switch to steer QED corrections to the hard scatter resides in the ’(me)’ section of the steering file or the matrix element data file ‘ME.dat’, respectively.


5.13.2.1 ME_QED

ME_QED = On/Off turns the higher order QED corrections to the matrix element on or off, respectively. The default is On. Switching QED corrections to the matrix element off has no effect on QED Corrections to Hadron Decays. The QED corrections to the matrix element will only be effected on final state not strongly interacting particles. If a resonant production subprocess for an unambiguous subset of all such particles is specified via the process declaration (cf. Processes) this can be taken into account and dedicated higher order matrix elements can be used (if YFS_MODE = 2 and YFS_USE_ME = 1).


5.13.2.2 ME_QED_CLUSTERING

ME_QED_CLUSTERING = On/Off switches the phase space point dependent identification of possible resonances within the hard matrix element on or off, respectively. The default is On. Resonances are identified by recombining the electroweak final state of the matrix element into resonances that are allowed by the model. Competing resonances are identified by their on-shell-ness, i.e. the distance of the decay product’s invariant mass from the nominal resonance mass in units of the resonance width.


5.13.2.3 ME_QED_CLUSTERING_THRESHOLD

Sets the maximal distance of the decay product invariant mass from the nominal resonance mass in units of the resonance width in order for the resonance to be identified. The default is ME_QED_CLUSTERING_THRESHOLD = 1.


5.13.3 QED Corrections to Hadron Decays

If the Photons module is switched on, all hadron decays are corrected for higher order QED effects.


Previous: , Up: Parameters   [Contents][Index]

5.14 Minimum bias events

Minimum bias events are simulated through the Shrimps module in Sherpa.

5.14.1 Physics of Shrimps

5.14.1.1 Inclusive part of the model

Shrimps is based on the KMR model [Rys09], which is a multi-channel eikonal model. The incoming hadrons are written as a superposition of Good-Walker states, which are diffractive eigenstates that diagalonise the T-matrix. This allows to include low-mass diffractive excitation. Each combination of colliding Good-Walker states gives rise to a single-channel eikonal. The final eikonal is the superposition of the single-channel eikonals. The number of Good-Walker states is 2 in Shrimps (the original KMR model includes 3 states).

Each single-channel eikonal can be seen as the product of two parton densities, one from each of the colliding Good-Walker states. The evolution of the parton densities in rapidity due to extra emissions and absoption on either of the two hadrons is described by a set of coupled differential equations. The parameter Delta, which can be interpreted as the Pomeron intercept, is the probability for emitting an extra parton per unit of rapidity. The strength of absorptive corrections is quantified by the parameter lambda, which can also be seen as the triple-Pomeron coupling. A small region of size deltaY around the beams is excluded from the evolution due to the finite longitudinal size of the parton densities.

The boundary conditions for the parton densities are form factors, which have a dipole form characterised by the parameters Lambda2, beta_0^2, kappa and xi.

In this framework the eikonals and the cross sections for the different modes (elastic, inelastic, single- and double-diffractive) are calculated.

5.14.1.2 Exclusive part of the model

Inelastic events are generated by explicitely simulating the exchange and rescattering of gluon ladders. The number of primary ladders is given by a Poisson distribution whose parameter is the single-channel eikonal. The decomposition of the incoming hadrons into partons proceeds via suitably infra-red continued PDFs.

The emissions from the ladders are then generated in a Markov chain. The pseudo-Sudakov form factor contains several factors: an ordinary gluon emission term, a factor accounting for the Reggeisation of the gluons and a recombination weight taking absorptive corrections into account. The emission term has the perturbative form alpha_s(k_T^2)/k_T^2, that needs to be continued into the infra-red region. In the case of alpha_s the transition into the infra-red region happens at Q_as^2 while in the case of 1/k_T^2 the transition scale is generated dynamically and depends on the parton densities and is scaled by Q_0^2.

The propagators of the filled ladder can be either in a colour singlet or octet state, the probabilities are again given through the parton densities. The probability for a singlet can also be regulated by hand through the parameter Chi_S. A singlet propagator is the result of an implicit rescattering.

After all emissions have been generated and the colours assigned, further radiation is generated by the parton shower to resum also the logrithms in 1/Q^2. The amount of radiation from the parton shower can be regulated with KT2_Factor, which multiplies the shower starting scale. After parton showering partons emitted from the ladder or the parton shower are subject to explicit rescattering, i.e. they can exchange secondary ladders. The probability for the exchange of a rescattering ladder is characterised by RescProb. The probability for rescattering over a singlet propagator receives an extra factor RescProb1. After all ladder exchanges and rescatterings but before hadronsation colour can be re-arrangd in the event. Finally, the event is hadronised using the standard Sherpa cluster hadronisation.

5.14.2 Parameters and settings

Below is a list of all relevant parameters to steer the Shrimps module.

5.14.2.1 Generating minimum bias events

To generate minimum bias events with Shrimps in the ’(run)’ section of the run card EVENT_TYPE has to be set to MinimumBias and SOFT_COLLISIONS to Shrimps.

5.14.2.2 Shrimps Mode

The setup of minimum bias events and other, related simulations, is covered by the ’(run)’ section of the run card. The exact choice is steered through the parameter Shrimps_Mode (default Inelastic), which allows the following settings:

  • Xsecs, which will only calculate total, elastic, inelastic, single- and double-diffractive cross sections at various relevant energies and write them to a file, typically ’InclusiveQuantities/Xsecs.dat’;
  • Elastic generates elastic events at a fixed energy;
  • Single-diffractive generates low-mass single-diffractive events at a fixed energy, modelled by the transition of one of the protons to a N(1440) state;
  • Double-diffractive generates low-mass single-diffractive events at a fixed energy, modelled by the transition of both protons to N(1440) states;
  • Quasi-elastic generates a combination of elastic, single- and double-diffractive events in due proportion;
  • Inelastic generates inelastic minimum bias events through the exchange of t-channel gluons or singlets (pomerons). This mode actually will include large mass diffraction;
  • All generates a combination of quasi-elastic and inelastic events in due proportion.

5.14.2.3 Parameters of the eikonals

The parameters of the differential equations for the parton densities are

  • Delta (default 0.4): perturbative Pomeron intercept
  • lambda (default 0.3): triple Pomeron coupling
  • deltaY (default 1.5): rapidity interval excluded from evolution

The form factors are of the form
F_{1/2}(q_T) = beta_0^2 (1 +/- kappa) exp[-xi (1 +/- kappa)q_T^2/Lambda^2]/[1 + (1 +/- kappa)q_T^2/Lambda^2]^2
with the parameters

  • Lambda2 (default 1.7 GeV^2)
  • beta_0^2 (default 20.0 mb)
  • kappa (default 0.6)
  • xi (default 0.2)

5.14.2.4 Parameters for event generation

The parameters related to the generation of inelastic events are

  • Q_0^2 (default 0.58 GeV^2): factor scaling the infra-red scale of ladder emissions
  • Q_as^2 (default 1.0 GeV^2): infra-red scale of the strong coupling
  • Chi_S (default 0.60): factor scaling probability for singlet propagators in ladders
  • Shower_Min_KT2 (default 2.0 GeV^2): minimum shower starting scale
  • KT2_Factor (default 0.89): factor scaling the parton shower starting scale
  • RescProb (default 5.0): parameter controlling probability for rescattering
  • RescProb1 (default 0.54): factor scaling rescatter probility over singlet propagators
  • Resc_KTMin (default ’off’): require minimum kt in rescattering (switch)
  • ReconnProb (default -15.0): parameter regulating the strength of colour reconnections (logarithmic)
  • Q_RC^2 (default 0.72 GeV^2): regulator entering distance measure in colour reconnections

6 Tips and tricks


6.1 Bash completion

Sherpa will install a file named ‘$prefix/share/SHERPA-MC/sherpa-completion’ which contains tab completion functionality for the bash shell. You simply have to source it in your active shell session by running

  .  $prefix/share/SHERPA-MC/sherpa-completion

and you will be able to tab-complete any parameters on a Sherpa command line.

To permanently enable this feature in your bash shell, you’ll have to add the source command above to your ~/.bashrc.


6.2 Rivet analyses

Sherpa is equipped with an interface to the analysis tool Rivet. To enable it, Rivet and HepMC have to be installed (e.g. using the Rivet bootstrap script) and your Sherpa compilation has to be configured with the following options:

  ./configure --enable-hepmc2=/path/to/hepmc2 --enable-rivet=/path/to/rivet

(Note: Both paths are equal if you used the Rivet bootstrap script.)

To use the interface, specify the switch

  Sherpa ANALYSIS=Rivet

and create an analysis section in Run.dat that reads as follows:

  (analysis){
    BEGIN_RIVET {
      -a D0_2008_S7662670 CDF_2007_S7057202 D0_2004_S5992206 CDF_2008_S7828950
    } END_RIVET
  }(analysis)

The line starting with -a specifies which Rivet analyses to run and the histogram output file can be changed with the normal ANALYSIS_OUTPUT switch.

You can also use rivet-mkhtml (distributed with Rivet) to create plot webpages from Rivet’s output files:

  source /path/to/rivetenv.sh   # see below
  rivet-mkhtml -o output/ file1.aida [file2.aida, ...]
  firefox output/index.html &

If your Rivet installation is not in a standard location, the bootstrap script should have created a rivetenv.sh which you have to source before running the rivet-mkhtml script.


6.3 HZTool analyses

Sherpa is equipped with an interface to the analysis tool HZTool. To enable it, HZTool and CERNLIB have to be installed and your Sherpa compilation has to be configured with the following options:

  ./configure --enable-hztool=/path/to/hztool --enable-cernlib=/path/to/cernlib --enable-hepevtsize=4000

To use the interface, specify the switch

  Sherpa ANALYSIS=HZTool

and create an analysis section in Run.dat that reads as follows:

  (analysis){
    BEGIN_HZTOOL {
      HISTO_NAME output.hbook;
      HZ_ENABLE hz00145 hz01073 hz02079 hz03160;
    } END_HZTOOL;
  }(analysis)

The line starting with HZ_ENABLE specifies which HZTool analyses to run. The histogram output directory can be changed using the ANALYSIS_OUTPUT switch, while HISTO_NAME specifies the hbook output file.


6.4 MCFM interface

Sherpa is equipped with an interface to the NLO library of MCFM for decdicated processes. To enable it, MCFM has to be installed and compiled into a single library, libMCFM.a. To this end, an installation script is provided in AddOns/MCFM/install_mcfm.sh. Please note, due to some process specific changes that are made by the installation script to the MCFM code, only few selected processes of MCFM-6.3 are available through the interface.

Finally, your Sherpa compilation has to be configured with the following options:

  ./configure --enable-mcfm=/path/to/mcfm

To use the interface, specify

  Loop_Generator MCFM;

in the process section of the run card and add it to the list of generators in ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR. Of course, MCFM’s process.DAT file has to be copied to the current run directory.


6.5 Debugging a crashing/stalled event

6.5.1 Crashing events

If an event crashes, Sherpa tries to obtain all the information needed to reproduce that event and writes it out into a directory named

  Status__<date>_<time>

If you are a Sherpa user and want to report this crash to the Sherpa team, please attach a tarball of this directory to your email. This allows us to reproduce your crashed event and debug it.

To debug it yourself, you can follow these steps (Only do this if you are a Sherpa developer, or want to debug a problem in an addon library created by yourself):

  • Copy the random seed out of the status directory into your run path:
      cp  Status__<date>_<time>/random.dat  ./
    
  • Run your normal Sherpa commandline with an additional parameter:
      Sherpa [...] STATUS_PATH=./
    

    Sherpa will then read in your random seed from “./random.dat” and generate events from it.

  • Ideally, the first event will lead to the crash you saw earlier, and you can now turn on debugging output to find out more about the details of that event and test code changes to fix it:
      Sherpa [...] OUTPUT=15 STATUS_PATH=./
    

6.5.2 Stalled events

If event generation seems to stall, you first have to find out the number of the current event. For that you would terminate the stalled Sherpa process (using Ctrl-c) and check in its final output for the number of generated events. Now you can request Sherpa to write out the random seed for the event before the stalled one:

  Sherpa [...] EVENTS=[#events - 1] SAVE_STATUS=Status/

(Replace [#events - 1] using the number you figured out earlier)

The created status directory can either be sent to the Sherpa developers, or be used in the same steps as above to reproduce that event and debug it.


6.6 Versioned installation

If you want to install different Sherpa versions into the same prefix (e.g. /usr/local), you have to enable versioning of the installed directories by using the configure option ‘--enable-versioning’. Optionally you can even pass an argument to this parameter of what you want the version tag to look like.


6.7 NLO calculations


6.7.1 Choosing DIPOLE_ALPHA

A variation of the parameter DIPOLE_ALPHA (see Dipole subtraction) changes the contribution from the real (subtracted) piece (RS) and the integrated subtraction terms (I), keeping their sum constant. Varying this parameter provides a nice check of the consistency of the subtraction procedure and it allows to optimize the integration performance of the real correction. This piece has the most complicated momentum phase space and is often the most time consuming part of the NLO calculation. The optimal choice depends on the specific setup and can be determined best by trial.

Hints to find a good value:

  • The smaller DIPOLE_ALPHA is the less dipole term have to be calculated, thus the less time the evaluation/phase space point takes.
  • Too small choices lead to large cancelations between the RS and the I parts and thus to large statisical errors.
  • For very simple processes (with only a total of two partons in the iniatial and the final state of the born process) the best choice is typically DIPOLE_ALPHA=1. The more complicated a process is the smaller DIPOLE_ALPHA should be (e.g. with 5 partons the best choice is typically around 0.01).
  • A good choice is typically such that the cross section from the RS piece is significantly positive but not much larger than the born cross section.

6.7.2 Integrating complicated Loop-ME

For complicated processes the evaluation of one-loop matrix elements can be very time consuming. The generation time of a fully optimized integration grid can become prohibitively long. Rather than using a poorly optimized grid in this case it is more advisable to use a grid optimized with either the born matrix elements or the born matrix elements and the finite part of the integrated subtraction terms only, working under the assumption that the distibutions in phase space are rather similar.

This can be done by one of the following methods:

  1. Employ a dummy virtual (requires no computing time, returns 0. as its finite result) to optimise the grid. This only works if V is not the only NLO_QCD_Part specified.
    1. During integration set the Loop_Generator to Internal and add USE_DUMMY_VIRTUAL=1 to your (run){...}(run) section. The grid will then be optimised to the phase space distribution of the sum of the Born matrix element and the finite part of the integrated subtraction term. Note: The cross section displayed during integration will also correspond to the sum of the Born matrix element and the finite part of the integrated subtraction term.
    2. During event generation reset Loop_Generator to your generator supplying the virtual correction. The events generated then carry the correct event weight.
  2. Suppress the evaluation of the virtual and/or the integrated subtraction terms. This only works if Amegic is used as the matrix element generator for the BVI pieces and V is not the only NLO_QCD_Part specified.
    1. During integration add NLO_BVI_MODE=<num> to your (run){...}(run) section. <num> takes the following values: 1-B, 2-I, and 4-V. The values are additive, i.e. 3-BI. Note: The cross section displayed during integration will match the parts selected by NLO_BVI_MODE.
    2. During event generation remove the switch again and the events will carry the correct weight.

Note: this will not work for the RS piece!


6.7.3 Avoiding misbinning effects

Close to the infrared limit, the real emission matrix element and corresponding subtraction events exhibit large cancellations. If the (minor) kinematics difference of the events happens to cross a parton-level cut or analysis histogram bin boundary, then large spurious spikes can appear.

These can be smoothed to some extend by shifting the weight from the subtraction kinematic to the real-emission kinematic if the dipole measure alpha is below a given threshold. The fraction of the shifted weight is inversely proportional to the dipole measure, such that the final real-emission and subtraction weights are calculated as:

  w_r -> w_r + sum_i [1-x(alpha_i)] w_{s,i}
  foreach i: w_{s,i} -> x(alpha_i) w_{s,i}

with the function x(alpha)=(alpha/|alpha_0|)^n for alpha<alpha_0 and 1 otherwise.

The threshold can be set by the parameter NLO_SMEAR_THRESHOLD=<alpha_0> and the functional form of alpha and thus interpretation of the threshold can be chosen by its sign (positive: relative dipole kT in GeV, negative: dipole alpha). In addition, the exponent n can be set by NLO_SMEAR_POWER=<n>.


6.7.4 Enforcing the renormalization scheme

Sherpa takes information about the renormalization scheme from the loop ME generator. The default scheme is MSbar, and this is assumed if no loop ME is provided, for example when integrated subtraction terms are computed by themselves. This can lead to inconsistencies when combining event samples, which may be avoided by setting LOOP_ME_INIT=1 in the (run) section of the input file.


6.7.5 Checking the pole cancellation

To check whether the poles of the dipole subtraction and the interfaced one-loop matrix element cancel phase space point by phase space point CHECK_POLES=1 can be specified. The accuracy to which the poles do have to cancel can be set via CHECK_POLES_THRESHOLD=<accu>. In the same way, the finite contributions of the infrared subtraction and the one-loop matrix element can be checked by setting CHECK_FINITE=1, and the Born matrix element via CHECK_BORN=1.


7 A posteriori scale variations

There are several ways to compute the effects of changing the scales and PDFs of any event produced by Sherpa. They can computed explicitly, cf. Explicit scale variations, on-the-fly, cf. Scale and PDF variations (restricted to multiplicative factors), or reconstructed a posteriori. The latter method needs plenty of additional information in the event record and is (depending on the actual calculation) available in two formats:


7.1 A posteriori scale and PDF variations using the HepMC GenEvent Output

Events generated in a LO, LOPS, NLO, NLOPS, MEPS@LO, MEPS@NLO or MENLOPS calculation can be written out in the HepMC format including all infomation to carry out arbitrary scale variations a posteriori. For this feature HepMC of at least version 2.06 is necessary and both HEPMC_USE_NAMED_WEIGHTS=1 and HEPMC_EXTENDED_WEIGHTS=1 have to enabled. Detailed instructions on how to use this information to construct the new event weight can be found here https://sherpa.hepforge.org/doc/ScaleVariations-Sherpa-2.2.0.pdf.


7.2 A posteriori scale and PDF variations using the ROOT NTuple Output

Events generated at fixed-order LO and NLO can be stored in ROOT NTuples that allow arbitrary a posteriori scale and PDF variations, see Event output formats. An example for writing and reading in such ROOT NTuples can be found here: Production of NTuples. The internal ROOT Tree has the following Branches:

id

Event ID to identify correlated real sub-events.

nparticle

Number of outgoing partons.

E/px/py/pz

Momentum components of the partons.

kf

Parton PDG code.

weight

Event weight, if sub-event is treated independently.

weight2

Event weight, if correlated sub-events are treated as single event.

me_wgt

ME weight (w/o PDF), corresponds to ’weight’.

me_wgt2

ME weight (w/o PDF), corresponds to ’weight2’.

id1

PDG code of incoming parton 1.

id2

PDG code of incoming parton 2.

fac_scale

Factorisation scale.

ren_scale

Renormalisation scale.

x1

Bjorken-x of incoming parton 1.

x2

Bjorken-x of incoming parton 2.

x1p

x’ for I-piece of incoming parton 1.

x2p

x’ for I-piece of incoming parton 2.

nuwgt

Number of additional ME weights for loops and integrated subtraction terms.

usr_wgt[nuwgt]

Additional ME weights for loops and integrated subtraction terms.

7.2.1 Computing (differential) cross sections of real correction events with statistical errors

Real correction events and their counter-events from subtraction terms are highly correlated and exhibit large cancellations. Although a treatment of sub-events as independent events leads to the correct cross section the statistical error would be greatly overestimated. In order to get a realistic statistical error sub-events belonging to the same event must be combined before added to the total cross section or a histogram bin of a differential cross section. Since in general each sub-event comes with it’s own set of four momenta the following treatment becomes necessary:

  1. An event here refers to a full real correction event that may contain several sub-events. All entries with the same id belong to the same event. Step 2 has to be repeated for each event.
  2. Each sub-event must be checked separately whether it passes possible phase space cuts. Then for each observable add up weight2 of all sub-events that go into the same histogram bin. These sums x_id are the quantities to enter the actual histogram.
  3. To compute statistical errors each bin must store the sum over all x_id and the sum over all x_id^2. The cross section in the bin is given by <x> = 1/N \sum x_id, where N is the number of events (not sub-events). The 1-\sigma statistical error for the bin is \sqrt{ (<x^2>-<x>^2)/(N-1) }

Note: The main difference between weight and weight2 is that they refer to a different counting of events. While weight corresponds to each event entry (sub-event) counted separately, weight2 counts events as defined in step 1 of the above procedure. For NLO pieces other than the real correction weight and weight2 are identical.

7.2.2 Computation of cross sections with new PDF’s

Born and real pieces:

Notation:

f_a(x_a) = PDF 1 applied on parton a, F_b(x_b) = PDF 2 applied on parton b.

The total cross section weight is given by

weight = me_wgt f_a(x_a)F_b(x_b).

Loop piece and integrated subtraction terms:

The weights here have an explicit dependence on the renormalization and factorization scales.

To take care of the renormalization scale dependence (other than via alpha_S) the weight w_0 is defined as

w_0 = me_wgt + usr_wgts[0] log((\mu_R^new)^2/(\mu_R^old)^2) + usr_wgts[1] 1/2 [log((\mu_R^new)^2/(\mu_R^old)^2)]^2.

To address the factorization scale dependence the weights w_1,...,w_8 are given by

w_i = usr_wgts[i+1] + usr_wgts[i+9] log((\mu_F^new)^2/(\mu_F^old)^2).

The full cross section weight can be calculated as

weight = w_0 f_a(x_a)F_b(x_b) + (f_a^1 w_1 + f_a^2 w_2 + f_a^3 w_3 + f_a^4 w_4) F_b(x_b) + (F_b^1 w_5 + F_b^2 w_6 + F_b^3 w_7 + F_b^4 w_8) f_a(x_a)

where

f_a^1 = f_a(x_a) (a=quark), \sum_q f_q(x_a) (a=gluon), f_a^2 = f_a(x_a/x'_a)/x'_a (a=quark), \sum_q f_q(x_a/x'_a)x'_a (a=gluon), f_a^3 = f_g(x_a), f_a^4 = f_g(x_a/x'_a)/x'_a.

The scale dependence coefficients usr_wgts[0] and usr_wgts[1] are normally obtained from the finite part of the virtual correction by removing renormalization terms and universal terms from dipole subtraction. This may be undesirable, especially when the loop provider splits up the calculation of the virtual correction into several pieces, like leading and sub-leading color. In this case the loop provider should control the scale dependence coefficients, which can be enforced with option USR_WGT_MODE=0; in the (run) section of Sherpa’s input file.

The loop provider must support this option or the scale dependence coefficients will be invalid!


8 Customization

Customizing Sherpa according to your needs.

Sherpa can be easily extended with certain user defined tools. To this extent, a corresponding C++ class must be written, and compiled into an external library:

  g++ -shared \
    -I`$SHERPA_PREFIX/bin/Sherpa-config --incdir` \
    `$SHERPA_PREFIX/bin/Sherpa-config --ldflags` \
    -o libMyCustomClass.so My_Custom_Class.C

This library can then be loaded in Sherpa at runtime with the switch SHERPA_LDADD, e.g.:

  SHERPA_LDADD=MyCustomClass

Several specific examples of features which can be extended in this way are listed in the following sections.


8.1 Exotic physics

It is possible to add your own models to Sherpa in a straightforward way. To illustrate, a simple example has been included in the directory Examples/Models/SM_ZPrime, showing how to add a Z-prime boson to the Standard Model.

The important features of this example include:

  • The SM_Zprime.C file.

    This file contains the initialisation of the Z-prime boson. The properties of the Z-prime are set here, such as mass, width, electromagnetic charge, spin etc.

  • The Interaction_Model_SM_Zprime.C file.

    This file contains the definition of the Z-prime boson’s interactions. The right- and left-handed couplings to each of the fermions are set here.

  • An example Makefile.

    This shows how to compile the sources above into a shared library.

  • The line SHERPA_LDADD SMZprime in the run-card.

    This line tells Sherpa to load the extra libraries created from the *.C files above.

  • The line MODEL SM+Zprime in the run-card.

    This line tells Sherpa which model to use for the run.

  • The lines MASS[32] 1000. and WIDTH[32] 50. in the run-card.

    These lines show how you can overrule the choices you made for the properties of the new particle in the SM_Zprime.C file. For more information on changing parameters in Sherpa, see Input structure and Parameters.

  • The lines Zp_cpl_L 0.3 and Zp_cpl_R 0.6 set the couplings to left and right handed fermions in the run-card.

To use this model, create the libraries for Sherpa to use by running

make

in this directory. Then run Sherpa as normal:

../../../bin/Sherpa

To implement your own model, copy these example files anywhere and modify them according to your needs.

Note: You don’t have to modify or recompile any part of Sherpa to use your model. As long as the SHERPA_LDADD parameter is specified as above, Sherpa will pick up your model automatically.

Furthermore note: New physics models with an existing implementation in FeynRules, cf. [Chr08] and [Chr09], can directly be invoked using Sherpa’s support for the UFO model format, see UFO Model Interface.


8.2 Custom scale setter

You can write a custom calculator to set the factorisation, renormalisation and resummation scales. It has to be implemented as a C++ class which derives from the Scale_Setter_Base base class and implements only the constructor and the Calculate method.

Here is a snippet for a very simple one, which sets all three scales to the invariant mass of the two incoming partons.

#include "PHASIC++/Scales/Scale_Setter_Base.H"
#include "ATOOLS/Org/Message.H"

using namespace PHASIC;
using namespace ATOOLS;

namespace PHASIC {

  class Custom_Scale_Setter: public Scale_Setter_Base {
  protected:

  public:

    Custom_Scale_Setter(const Scale_Setter_Arguments &args) :
      Scale_Setter_Base(args)
    {
      m_scale.resize(3); // by default three scales: fac, ren, res
                         // but you can add more if you need for COUPLINGS
      SetCouplings(); // the default value of COUPLINGS is "Alpha_QCD 1", i.e.
                      // m_scale[1] is used for running alpha_s
                      // (counting starts at zero!)
    }

    double Calculate(const std::vector<ATOOLS::Vec4D> &p,
		     const size_t &mode)
    {
      double muF=(p[0]+p[1]).Abs2();
      double muR=(p[0]+p[1]).Abs2();
      double muQ=(p[0]+p[1]).Abs2();

      m_scale[stp::fac] = muF;
      m_scale[stp::ren] = muR;
      m_scale[stp::res] = muQ;

      // Switch on debugging output for this class with:
      // Sherpa "OUTPUT=2[Custom_Scale_Setter|15]"
      DEBUG_FUNC("Calculated scales:");
      DEBUG_VAR(m_scale[stp::fac]);
      DEBUG_VAR(m_scale[stp::ren]);
      DEBUG_VAR(m_scale[stp::res]);

      return m_scale[stp::fac];
    }

  };

}

// Some plugin magic to make it available for SCALES=CUSTOM
DECLARE_GETTER(Custom_Scale_Setter,"CUSTOM",
	       Scale_Setter_Base,Scale_Setter_Arguments);

Scale_Setter_Base *ATOOLS::Getter
<Scale_Setter_Base,Scale_Setter_Arguments,Custom_Scale_Setter>::
operator()(const Scale_Setter_Arguments &args) const
{
  return new Custom_Scale_Setter(args);
}

void ATOOLS::Getter<Scale_Setter_Base,Scale_Setter_Arguments,
		    Custom_Scale_Setter>::
PrintInfo(std::ostream &str,const size_t width) const
{ 
  str<<"Custom scale scheme";
}

If the code is compiled into a library called libCustomScale.so, then this library is loaded dynamically at runtime with the switch ‘SHERPA_LDADD=CustomScale’ either on the command line or in the run section, cf. Customization. This then allows to use the custom scale like a built-in scale setter by specifying SCALES=CUSTOM (cf. SCALES).


8.3 External one-loop ME

Sherpa includes only a very limited selection of one-loop matrix elements. To make full use of the implemented automated dipole subtraction it is possible to link external one-loop codes to Sherpa in order to perform full calculations at QCD next-to-leading order.

In general Sherpa can take care of any piece of the calculation except one-loop matrix elements, i.e. the born ME, the real correction, the real and integrated subtraction terms as well as the phase space integration and PDF weights for hadron collisions. Sherpa will provide sets of four-momenta and request for a specific parton level process the helicity and colour summed one-loop matrix element (more specific: the coefficients of the Laurent series in the dimensional regularization parameter epsilon up to the order epsilon^0).

An example setup for interfacing such an external one-loop code, following the Binoth Les Houches interface proposal [Bin10a] of the 2009 Les Houches workshop, is provided in Zbb production. To use the LH-OLE interface, Sherpa has to be configured with --enable-lhole.

The interface:

  • During an initialization run Sherpa stores setup information (schemes, model information etc.) and requests a list of parton-level one-loop processes that are needed for the NLO calculation. This information is stored in a file, by default called OLE_order.lh. The external one-loop code (OLE) should confirm these settings/requests and write out a file OLE_contract.lh. Both filenames can be customised using LHOLE_ORDERFILE=<order-file> and <LHOLE_CONTRACTFILE=<contract-file>. For their syntax and details see [Bin10a].

    For Sherpa the output/input of the order/contract file is handled in LH_OLE_Communicator.[CH]. The actual interface is contained in LH_OLE_Interface.C. The parameters to be exchanged with the OLE are defined in the latter file via

      lhfile.AddParameter(...);
    

    and might require an update for specific OLE or processes. Per default, in addition to the standard options MatrixElementSquareType, CorrectionType, IRregularisation, AlphasPower, AlphaPower and OperationMode the masses and width of the W, Z and Higgs bosons and the top and bottom quarks are written out in free format, such that the respective OLE parameters can be easily synchronised.

  • At runtime the communication is performed via function calls. To allow Sherpa to call the external code the functions
      void OLP_Start(const char * filename);
      void OLP_EvalSubProcess(int,double*,double,double,double*);
    

    which are defined and called in LH_OLE_Interface.C must be specified. For keywords and possible data fields passed with this functions see [Bin10a].

    The function OLP_Start(...) is called once when Sherpa is starting. The function OLP_EvalSubProcess(...) will be called many times for different subprocesses and momentum configurations.

The setup (cf. example Zbb production):

  • The line Loop_Generator LHOLE tells the code to use the interface for computing one-loop matrix elements.
  • The switch SHERPA_LDADD has to be set to the appropriate library name (and path) of the one-loop generator.
  • The IR regularisation scheme can be set via LHOLE_IR_REGULARISATION. Possible values are DRED (default) and CDR.
  • Per default, Sherpa generates phase space points in the lab frame. If LHOLE_BOOST_TO_CMS=1 is set, these phase space points are boosted to the centre of mass system before they are passed to the OLE.
  • The original BLHA interface does not allow for run-time parameter passing. While this is discussed for an updated of the accord a workable solution is implemented for the use of GoSam and enabled through LHOLE_OLP=GoSam. The LHOLE_BOOST_TO_CMS is also automatically active with this setup. This, of course, can be adapted for other one-loop programs if need be.
  • Sherpa’s internal analysis package can be used to generate a few histograms. Thus, then when installing Sherpa the option --enable-analysis must be include on the command line when Sherpa is configured, see ANALYSIS.

8.4 External RNG

To use an external Random Number Generator (RNG) in Sherpa, you need to provide an interface to your RNG in an external dynamic library. This library is then loaded at runtime and Sherpa replaces the internal RNG with the one provided.

In this case Sherpa will not attempt to set, save, read or restore the RNG

The corresponding code for the RNG interface is

#include "ATOOLS/Math/Random.H"

using namespace ATOOLS;

class Example_RNG: public External_RNG {
public:
  double Get() 
  { 
    // your code goes here ... 
  }
};// end of class Example_RNG

// this makes Example_RNG loadable in Sherpa
DECLARE_GETTER(Example_RNG,"Example_RNG",External_RNG,RNG_Key);
External_RNG *ATOOLS::Getter<External_RNG,RNG_Key,Example_RNG>::operator()(const RNG_Key &) const
{ return new Example_RNG(); }
// this eventually prints a help message
void ATOOLS::Getter<External_RNG,RNG_Key,Example_RNG>::PrintInfo(std::ostream &str,const size_t) const
{ str<<"example RNG interface"; }

If the code is compiled into a library called libExampleRNG.so, then this library is loaded dynamically in Sherpa using the command ‘SHERPA_LDADD=ExampleRNG’ either on the command line or in Run.dat. If the library is bound at compile time, like e.g. in cmt, you may skip this step.

Finally Sherpa is instructed to retrieve the external RNG by specifying EXTERNAL_RNG=Example_RNG on the command line or in Run.dat.


8.5 External PDF

To use an external PDF (not included in LHAPDF) in Sherpa, you need to provide an interface to your PDF in an external dynamic library. This library is then loaded at runtime and it is possible within Sherpa to access all PDFs included.

The simplest C++ code to implement your interface looks as follows

#include "PDF/Main/PDF_Base.H"

using namespace PDF;

class Example_PDF: public PDF_Base {
public:
  void Calculate(double x,double Q2)
  {
    // calculate values x f_a(x,Q2) for all a
  }
  double GetXPDF(const ATOOLS::Flavour a)
  {
    // return x f_a(x,Q2)
  }
  virtual PDF_Base *GetCopy()
  {
    return new Example_PDF();
  }
};// end of class Example_PDF

// this makes Example_PDF loadable in Sherpa
DECLARE_PDF_GETTER(Example_PDF_Getter);
PDF_Base *Example_PDF_Getter::operator()(const Parameter_Type &args) const
{ return new Example_PDF(); }
// this eventually prints a help message
void Example_PDF_Getter::PrintInfo
(std::ostream &str,const size_t width) const
{ str<<"example PDF"; }
// this lets Sherpa initialize and unload the library
Example_PDF_Getter *p_get=NULL;
extern "C" void InitPDFLib()
{ p_get = new Example_PDF_Getter("ExamplePDF"); }
extern "C" void ExitPDFLib() { delete p_get; }

If the code is compiled into a library called libExamplePDFSherpa.so, then this library is loaded dynamically in Sherpa using ‘PDF_LIBRARY=ExamplePDFSherpa’ either on the command line, in Run.dat or in ISR.dat. If the library is bound at compile time, like e.g. in cmt, you may skip this step. It is now possible to list all accessible PDF sets by specifying SHOW_PDF_SETS=1 on the command line.

Finally Sherpa is instructed to retrieve the external PDF by specifying PDF_SET=ExamplePDF on the command line, in Run.dat or in ISR.dat.


Previous: , Up: Customization   [Contents][Index]

8.6 Python Interface

Certain Sherpa classes and methods can be made available to the Python interpreter in the form of an extension module. This module can be loaded in Python and provides access to certain functionalities of the Sherpa event generator in Python. In order to build the module, Sherpa must be configured with the option --enable-pyext. Running make then invokes the automated interface generator SWIG [Bea03] to create the Sherpa module using the Python C/C++ API. SWIG version 2.0.12 or later is required for a successful build. Problems might occur if more than one version of Python is present on the system since automake currently doesn’t always handle multiple Python installations properly. If you have multiple Python versions installed on your system, please set the PYTHON environment variable to the Python 2 executable via

  export PYTHON=<path-to-python2>

before executing the configure script (see. Certain Sherpa classes and methods can be made available to the Python interpreter in the form of an extension module. This module can be loaded in Python and provides access to certain functionalities of the Sherpa event generator in Python. It was designed specifically for the computation of matrix elements in python (Using the Python interface) and its features are currently limited to this purpose. In order to build the module, Sherpa must be configured with the option --enable-pyext. Running make then invokes the automated interface generator SWIG [Bea03] to create the Sherpa module using the Python C/C++ API. SWIG version 2.0.12 or later is required for a successful build. Problems might occur if more than one version of Python is present on the system since automake currently doesn’t always handle multiple Python installations properly. A possible workaround is to temporarily uninstall one version of python, configure and build Sherpa, and then reinstall the temporarily uninstalled version of Python.

The following script is a minimal example that shows how to use the Sherpa module in Python. In order to load the Sherpa module, the location where it is installed must be added to the PYTHONPATH. There are several ways to do this, in this example the sys module is used. The sys module also allows it to directly pass the command line arguments used to run the script to the initialization routine of Sherpa. The script can thus be executed using the normal command line options of Sherpa (see Command line options). Furthermore it illustrates how exceptions that Sherpa might throw can be taken care of. If a run card is present in the directory where the script is executed, the initialization of the generator causes Sherpa to compute the cross sections for the processes specified in the run card. See Computing matrix elements for idividual phase space points using the Python Interface for an example that shows how to use the Python interface to compute matrix elements or Generate events using scripts to see how the interface can be used to generate events in Python.

Note that if you have compiled Sherpa with MPI support, you need to source the mpi4py module using from mpi4py import MPI.

  #!/usr/bin/python
  import sys
  sys.path.append('<sherpa-prefix>/lib/<your-python-version>/site-packages/>')
  import Sherpa

  # set up the generator
  Generator=Sherpa.Sherpa()

  try:
      # initialize the generator, pass command line arguments to initialization routine
      Generator.InitializeTheRun(len(sys.argv),sys.argv)

  # catch exceptions
  except Sherpa.Exception as exc:
      print exc

9 Examples

Some example set-ups are included in Sherpa, in the <prefix>/share/SHERPA-MC/Examples/ directory. These may be useful to new users to practice with, or as templates for creating your own Sherpa run-cards. In this section, we will look at some of the main features of these examples.


9.1 Vector boson + jets production


9.1.1 W+jets production

To change any of the following LHC examples to production at different collider energies or beam types, e.g. proton anti-proton at the Tevatron, simply change the beam settings to.

This is an example setup for inclusive W production at hadron colliders. The inclusive process is calculated at next-to-leading order accuracy matched to the parton shower using the MC@NLO prescription detailed in [Hoe11]. The next few higher jet multiplicities, calculated at next-to-leading order as well, are merged into the inclusive sample using the MEPS@NLO method - an extension of the CKKW method to NLO - as described in [Hoe12a] and [Geh12]. Finally, even higher multiplicities, calculated at leading order, are merged on top of that. A few things to note are detailed below the example. The example can be converted into a simple MENLOPS setup by setting LJET:=2, or an MEPS setup by setting LJET:=0, to study the effect of incorporating higher-order matrix elements. The number of additional LO jets can be varied through NJET. Similarly, the merging cut can be changed through QCUT.

(run){
  % general setting
  EVENTS 1M; ERROR 0.99;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  ## % optional: extra tags for custom jet criterion
  ## SHERPA_LDADD MyJetCriterion;
  ## JET_CRITERION FASTJET[A:antikt,R:0.4,y:5];

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=4; LJET:=2,3,4; QCUT:=20.;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=BlackHat;

  % exclude tau from lepton container
  MASSIVE[15] 1;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 = 4000.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 = 4000.;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 90 91 93{NJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  Integration_Error 0.02 {4};
  Integration_Error 0.02 {5};
  Integration_Error 0.05 {6};
  Integration_Error 0.08 {7};
  Integration_Error 0.10 {8};
  Scales LOOSE_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2} {7,8};
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  Mass 11 -12 1. E_CMS
  Mass 13 -14 1. E_CMS
  Mass -11 12 1. E_CMS
  Mass -13 14 1. E_CMS
}(selector)

Things to notice:

  • Any setting with the exception of the process and selector definitions can be given in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card.
  • Tags (FSF, RSF and QSF) have been introduced for easy scale variations. Tags are replaced throughout the entire run card by their defined value, see Tags.
  • All scales, i.e. the squared factorisation, renormalisation and resummation scales are set to the above defined scale factors times the value determined by the METS-clustering algorithm. For the usual scale variation by a factor of two one would thus use e.g. FSF:=4.0.
  • Tags (LJET, NJET and QCUT) have been introduced to be used in the process setup, defining the multiplicity of the MC@NLO subprocesses, the maximal number of extra jets, and the merging cut.
  • The LOOPGEN tag is used to name the provider of the one-loop matrix elements for the respective multiplicities. For the simplemost case here Sherpa can provide it internally.
  • tau leptons are set massive in order to exclude them from the massless lepton container (90).
  • As both Comix and Amegic are specified as matrix element generators to be used, Amegic has to be specified to be used for all MC@NLO multiplicities using ME_Generator Amegic {LJET}. Additionally, we specify RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET} such that the subtracted real-emission bit of the NLO matrix elements is calculated more efficiently with Comix instead of Amegic.
  • The LOOSE_METS scale setter, a simplified version of the METS scale setter, is used for the highest multiplicities (if NJET is set to 5 or 6) to speed up the calculation.

The jet criterion used to define the matrix element multiplicity in the context of multijet merging can be supplied by the user. As an example the source code file ./Examples/V_plus_Jets/LHC_WJets/My_JetCriterion.C provides such an alternative jet criterion. It can be compiled using SCons via executing scons in that directory (edit the SConstruct file accordingly). The newly created library is linked at run time using the SHERPA_LDADD flag. The new jet criterion is then evoked by JET_CRITERION.


9.1.2 Z+jets production

To change any of the following LHC examples to production at different collider energies or beam types, e.g. proton anti-proton at the Tevatron, simply change the beam settings to.

This is an example setup for inclusive Z production at hadron colliders. The inclusive process is calculated at next-to-leading order accuracy matched to the parton shower using the MC@NLO prescription detailed in [Hoe11]. The next few higher jet multiplicities, calculated at next-to-leading order as well, are merged into the inclusive sample using the MEPS@NLO method - an extension of the CKKW method to NLO - as described in [Hoe12a] and [Geh12]. Finally, even higher multiplicities, calculated at leading order, are merged on top of that. A few things to note are detailed below the example. The example can be converted into a simple MENLOPS setup by setting LJET:=2, or an MEPS setup by setting LJET:=0, to study the effect of incorporating full NLO matrix elements. The number of additional LO jets can be varied through NJET. Similarly, the merging cut can be changed through QCUT.

(run){
  % general setting
  EVENTS 1M; ERROR 0.99;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=4; LJET:=2,3,4; QCUT:=20.;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=BlackHat;

  % exclude tau from lepton container
  MASSIVE[15] 1;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 = 4000.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 = 4000.;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 90 90 93{NJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  Integration_Error 0.02 {4};
  Integration_Error 0.02 {5};
  Integration_Error 0.05 {6};
  Integration_Error 0.08 {7};
  Integration_Error 0.10 {8};
  Scales LOOSE_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2} {7,8};
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  Mass 11 -11 66 E_CMS
  Mass 13 -13 66 E_CMS
}(selector)

Things to notice:

  • Any setting with the exception of the process and selector definitions can be given in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card.
  • Tags (FSF, RSF and QSF) have been introduced for easy scale variations. Tags are replaced throughout the entire run card by their defined value, see Tags.
  • All scales, i.e. the factorisation, renormalisation and resummation scales are set to the above defined scale factors times the value determined by the METS-clustering algorithm.
  • Tags (LJET, NJET and QCUT) have been introduced to be used in the process setup, defining the multiplicity of the MC@NLO subprocesses, the maximal number of extra jets, and the merging cut.
  • The LOOPGEN tag is used to name the provider of the one-loop matrix elements for the respective multiplicities. For complicated processes this needs external one-loop programs like BlackHat, GoSam or OpenLoops.
  • tau leptons are set massive in order to exclude them from the massless lepton container (90).
  • As both Comix and Amegic are specified as matrix element generators to be used, Amegic has to be specified to be used for all MC@NLO multiplicities using ME_Generator Amegic {LJET}. Additionally, we specify RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET} such that the subtracted real-emission bit of the NLO matrix elements is calculated more efficiently with Comix instead of Amegic.
  • The LOOSE_METS scale setter, a simplified version of the METS scale setter, is used for the highest multiplicities (if NJET is set to 5 or 6) to speed up the calculation.

9.1.3 W+bb production

(run){
  # generator parameters
  EVENTS 0; LGEN:=Wbb;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LGEN;
  HARD_DECAYS 1; HARD_MASS_SMEARING 0;
  MASSIVE[5] 1; WIDTH[24] 0; STABLE[24] 0;
  HDH_STATUS[24,12,-11]=2;
  MI_HANDLER None;
  # physics parameters
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 7000;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 7000;
  SCALES VAR{H_T2+sqr(80.419)};
  PDF_LIBRARY MSTW08Sherpa; PDF_SET mstw2008nlo_nf4;
  MASS[5] 4.75;# consistent with MSTW 2008 nf 4 set
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 24 5 -5;
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO;
  ME_Generator Amegic;
  RS_ME_Generator Comix;
  Loop_Generator LGEN;
  Order (*,1);
  End process;
  Process 93 93 -> -24 5 -5;
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO;
  ME_Generator Amegic;
  RS_ME_Generator Comix;
  Loop_Generator LGEN;
  Order (*,1);
  End process;
}(processes);

(selector){
  FastjetFinder antikt 2 5 0 0.5 0.75 5 100 2;
}(selector);

Things to notice:

  • The matrix elements are interfaced from [Feb06]. The shared library necessary for running this setup is built using scons.
  • The W-boson is stable in the hard matrix elements. It is decayed using the internal decay module, indicated by the settings HARD_DECAYS 1 and STABLE[24] 0.
  • FastJet is used to regularize the hard cross section. Note that Sherpa must be configured with option --enable-fastjet, see Fastjet selector. We require two b-jets, indicated by the 2 at the end of the FastjetFinder options.
  • Four-flavour PDF’s are used to comply with the calculational setup.

9.1.4 Zbb production

(run){
  # generator parameters
  EVENTS 0; LGEN:=LHOLE;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LGEN;
  HARD_DECAYS 1; HARD_MASS_SMEARING 0;
  MASSIVE[5] 1; WIDTH[23] 0; STABLE[23] 0;
  HDH_STATUS[23,11,-11]=2
  HDH_STATUS[23,13,-13]=2
  MI_HANDLER None; FRAGMENTATION Off;
  # physics parameters
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 7000;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 7000;
  SCALES VAR{H_T2+sqr(91.188)};
  PDF_LIBRARY MSTW08Sherpa; PDF_SET mstw2008nlo_nf4;
  MASS[5] 4.75;# consistent with MSTW 2008 nf 4 set
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 23 5 -5;
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO;
  ME_Generator Amegic;
  RS_ME_Generator Comix;
  Loop_Generator LGEN;
  Order (*,1);
  End process;
}(processes);

(selector){
  FastjetFinder antikt 2 5 0 0.5 0.75 5 100 2;
}(selector);

Things to notice:

  • The matrix elements are interfaced via the Binoth Les Houches interface proposal [Bin10a], [Ali13], External one-loop ME.
  • The Z-boson is stable in the hard matrix elements. It is decayed using the internal decay module, indicated by the settings HARD_DECAYS 1 and STABLE[24] 0.
  • FastJet is used to regularize the hard cross section. Note that Sherpa must be configured with option --enable-fastjet, see Fastjet selector. We require two b-jets, indicated by the 2 at the end of the FastjetFinder options.
  • Four-flavour PDF’s are used to comply with the calculational setup.

9.1.5 Zbb Fusing

The fusing algorithm as introduced in [Hoe19] aims for a consistent, combined prediction of a 4FS simulation and a merged 5FS prediction. The new simulation is hereby formed as sum of two components. First, the direct component is given by the 4FS calculation. It is reformulated as if it would be part of a merged simulation and while doing so, the Sudakov rejection by the parton shower will actually remove events. The fragmentation component then is given by the original, merged 5FS simulation. All configurations which are already described by the direct component are removed by an event filter.

Since the event filter operates on combined evolution histories, treating actual emissions from the parton shower and clustered emissions from matrix elements on the same footing, it must be ensured that the same cluster options are used everywhere.

The following run card parameters summarize all settings which where used for [Hoe19].

9.1.5.1 The direct component

(run){
  # general setting
  EVENTS 1M; INTEGRATION_ERROR 0.05;

  # me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;

  # collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 = 6500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 = 6500.;

  ### Fusing settings direct component
  SHERPA_LDADD=SherpaFusing;
  USERHOOK = Fusing_Direct;
  FUSING_DIRECT_FACTOR 1.;
  MASSIVE[5]=1

  # for a consistent fusing, the parameters have to be chosen identical between
  # direct and fragmentation component
  MASS[5]=4.75; # consistent with PDF set
  COMIX_CLUSTER_RS_ORDERED 1;
  COMIX_CLUSTER_ORDERED 1;
  CSS_SCALE_SCHEME 2;
  CSS_EVOLUTION_SCHEME 3;
  PP_RS_SCALE VAR{H_TM2};
  PP_HPSMODE=0;
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 11 -11 5 -5;
  CKKW 100000.0; ## ensures correct Sudakov rejection for Fusing
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO;
  ME_Generator Amegic;
  RS_ME_Generator Comix;
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN;
  Order (*,2);
  End process;
}(processes);

(selector){
  Mass 11 -11 66 E_CMS
}(selector);

Things to notice:

  • The PDF and the strong coupling constant are evaluated in the 5FS. This is needed for consistency and to allow cluster configurations with initial-state bottom quarks. The resulting mismatch is corrected by counter-terms, implemented as user hook. If two strong couplings are involved at Born level, FUSING_DIRECT_FACTOR must be set to one. If there are four such couplings, as in case of ttbb, it must be two.
  • From a physical point of view, no merging cut is needed for massive bottom quarks. For technical reasons, it nevertheless must be set to an unreachable value such as CKKW 100000.0.

9.1.5.2 The fragmentation component

(run){
  # general setting
  EVENTS 1M; INTEGRATION_ERROR 0.05;

  # tags for process setup
  NJET:=4; LJET:=2,3,4; QCUT:=20.;

  # me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;

  # collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 = 6500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 = 6500.;

  ### Fusing settings fragmentation component
  SHERPA_LDADD=SherpaFusing
  USERHOOK = Fusing_Fragmentation
  ## to set event weights instead of rejecting events use:
  # FUSING_FRAGMENTATION_STORE_AS_WEIGHT=1

  # for a consistent fusing, the parameters have to be chosen identical between
  # direct and fragmentation component
  MASS[5]=4.75 # consistent with PDF set
  COMIX_CLUSTER_ORDERED 1;
  COMIX_CLUSTER_RS_ORDERED 1;
  CSS_SCALE_SCHEME 2;
  CSS_EVOLUTION_SCHEME 3;
  PP_RS_SCALE VAR{H_TM2};
  PP_HPSMODE=0;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 11 -11 93{NJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  Mass 11 -11 66 E_CMS
}(selector)

Things to notice:

  • The event filter can either be performed directly (default), or the veto information can be stored in HepMC. The latter requires HEPMC_USE_NAMED_WEIGHTS=1 and FUSING_FRAGMENTATION_STORE_AS_WEIGHT=1. The correspending weight is set to zero in case there is a fusing-induced event veto but remains unchanged if not.

9.2 Jet production


9.2.1 Jet production

To change any of the following LHC examples to production at the Tevatron simply change the beam settings to

  BEAM_1  2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 980;
  BEAM_2 -2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 980;

9.2.1.1 MC@NLO setup for dijet and inclusive jet production

This is an example setup for dijet and inclusive jet production at hadron colliders at next-to-leading order precission matched to the parton shower using the MC@NLO prescription detailed in [Hoe11] and [Hoe12b]. A few things to note are detailed below the example.

(run){
  # collider setup
  BEAM_1  2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500.;
  BEAM_2  2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500.;


  # tags and settings for ME generators
  LOOPGEN:=<my-loop-gen>;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Amegic Comix LOOPGEN;
 
  # scale definitions
   CORE_SCALE VAR{0.25*H_T2}

  SCALE_VARIATIONS 0.25,0.25 0.25,1. 1.,0.25 1.,1. 1.,4. 4.,1. 4.,4.;
  CSS_REWEIGHT 1;
  REWEIGHT_SPLITTING_ALPHAS_SCALES 1;
  REWEIGHT_SPLITTING_PDF_SCALES 1;
  CSS_REWEIGHT_SCALE_CUTOFF 5;
  HEPMC_USE_NAMED_WEIGHTS 1;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 93 93;
  Order (*,0);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO;
  ME_Generator Amegic;
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN;
  RS_ME_Generator Comix;

  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  FastjetFinder  antikt 1  20.0  0.0  0.4
  FastjetFinder  antikt 2  10.0  0.0  0.4
}(selector)

Things to notice:

  • Any setting with the exception of the process and selector definitions can be given in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card.
  • Tags (FSF, RSF and QSF) have been introduced for easy scale variations. Tags are replaced troughout the entire run card by their defined value, see Tags.
  • Asymetric cuts are implemented (relevant to the RS-piece of an MC@NLO calculation) by requiring at least two jets with pT > J2CUT, one of which has to have pT > J1CUT.
  • Both the factorisation and renormalisation scales are set to the above defined scale factors times the a quarter of the scalar sum of the transvers momenta of all anti-kt jets (R=0.4,pT>J1CUT) found on the ME-level before any parton shower emission. See SCALES for details on scale setters.
  • The resummation scale, which sets the maximum scale of the additional emission to be resummed by the parton shower, is set to the above defined resummation scale factor times half of the transverse momentum of the softer of the two jets present at Born level.
  • The generator to provide the one-loop matrix element can be set through LOOPGEN tag. For possible choices see TODO.
  • The NLO_QCD_Mode is set to MC@NLO.

9.2.1.2 MEPS setup for jet production

(run){
  EVENTS 10000; ANALYSIS Rivet;

  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 3500;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 3500;

  #ANALYSIS Rivet
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 93 93 93{0}
  Order (*,0);
  CKKW sqr(20/E_CMS)
  Integration_Error 0.02;
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  NJetFinder  2  20.0  0.0  0.4  -1
}(selector)

(analysis){
BEGIN_RIVET {
  -a CMS_2012_I1087342  
} END_RIVET
}(analysis)

Things to notice:

  • Order is set to (*,0). This ensures that all final state jets are produced via the strong interaction.
  • an NJetFinder selector is used to set a resolution criterion for the two jets of the core process. This is necessary because the ‘CKKW’ tag does not apply any cuts to the core process, but only to the extra-jet matrix elements, see Multijet merged event generation with Sherpa. This cut is applied only to the 2->2 process using the {2} specification, since the higher-order matrix elements should only be cut by the ME+PS separation criterion.

9.2.2 Jets at lepton colliders

This section contains two setups to describe jet production at LEP I, either through multijet merging at leading order accuracy or at next-to-leading order accuracy.


9.2.2.1 MEPS setup for ee->jets

(run){
##  ANALYSIS Rivet
  % general settings
  EVENTS 5M; NJET:=3;
  % model parameters
  ALPHAS(MZ) 0.1188;
  ORDER_ALPHAS 1;
  % collider setup
  BEAM_1  11; BEAM_ENERGY_1 45.6;
  BEAM_2 -11; BEAM_ENERGY_2 45.6;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 11 -11 -> 93 93 93{NJET};
  CKKW pow(10,-2.25);
  Order (*,2);
  End process;
}(processes)

#(analysis){
#  BEGIN_RIVET {
#   -a MC_XS ALEPH_1991_S2435284 ALEPH_1996_S3486095 ALEPH_1999_S4193598 ALEPH_2002_S4823664 ALEPH_2004_S5765862 DELPHI_1995_S3137023 DELPHI_1996_S3430090 DELPHI_1999_S3960137 DELPHI_2000_S4328825 DELPHI_2002_069_CONF_603 DELPHI_2003_WUD_03_11 JADE_OPAL_2000_S4300807 OPAL_1994_S2927284 OPAL_1996_S3257789 OPAL_1998_S3780481 OPAL_2002_S5361494 OPAL_2001_S4553896 OPAL_2004_S6132243 SLD_1996_S3398250 SLD_1999_S3743934 SLD_2002_S4869273 SLD_2004_S5693039
# } END_RIVET;
#}(analysis)

This example shows a LEP set up, with electrons and positrons colliding at a centre of mass energy of 91.25GeV. Two processes have been specified, one final state with two or more light quarks and gluons being produced, and one with a b b-bar pair and possibly extra light partons. Four b quark production is also included for consistencies sake.

Things to notice:

  • the b-quark mass has been enabled for the matrix element calculation (the default is massless) because it is not negligible for LEP energies
  • the b b-bar process is specified separately because the 93 particle container contains only partons set massless in the matrix element calculation, see Particle containers.
  • some model parameters have been set. In this example, the running of alpha_s is set to leading order and the value of alpha_s at the Z-mass is set.

9.2.2.2 MEPS@NLO setup for ee->jets

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 5M; ERROR 0.1;

  % tags and settings for scale definitions
  SCF:=1.0; FSF:=SCF; RSF:=SCF; QSF:=1.0;
  SCALES METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags for process setup
  LJET:=2,3,4; NJET:=3; YCUT:=2.0;
  LMJET:=2; NMJET:=3; YMCUT:=2.0;
  NMMJET:=1; YMMCUT:=2.0;

  % tags and settings for ME generators
  LOOPGEN0:=Internal;
  LOOPGEN1:=<my-loop-gen-for-3j>;
  LOOPGEN2:=<my-loop-gen-for-4j>;
  LOOPMGEN:=<my=loop-gen-for-massive-2j>;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN0 LOOPGEN1 LOOPGEN2 LOOPMGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  AMEGIC_INTEGRATOR 4;

  % model parameters
  MODEL SM;
  ALPHAS(MZ) 0.118;
  MASSIVE[5] 1;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1  11; BEAM_ENERGY_1 45.6;
  BEAM_2 -11; BEAM_ENERGY_2 45.6;
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 11 -11 -> 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW pow(10,-YCUT);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN0 {2};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN1 {3};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN2 {4};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  RS_Enhance_Factor 10;
  End process;
  %
  Process 11 -11 -> 5 -5 93{NMJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW pow(10,-YMCUT);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LMJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPMGEN {2};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LMJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LMJET};
  RS_Enhance_Factor 10;
  End process;
  %
  Process 11 -11 -> 5 5 -5 -5 93{NMMJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW pow(10,-YMMCUT);
  Cut_Core 1;
  End process;
}(processes);

This example expands upon the above setup, elevating its description of hard jet production to next-to-leading order.

Things to notice:

  • the b-quark mass has been enabled for the matrix element calculation (the default is massless) because it is not negligible for LEP energies
  • the b b-bar process is specified separately because the 93 particle container contains only partons set massless in the matrix element calculation, see Particle containers.
  • some model parameters have been set. In the (model) section of the run-card, parameters relating to the model can be set. In this example, the value of alpha_s at the Z mass is set.

9.3 Higgs boson + jets production


9.3.1 H production in gluon fusion with interference effects

This is a setup for inclusive Higgs production through gluon fusion at hadron colliders. The inclusive process is calculated at next-to-leading order accuracy, including all interference effects between Higgs-boson production and the SM gg->yy background. The corresponding matrix elements are taken from [Ber02] and [Dix13].

(run){
  # generator parameters
  EVENTS 1M; LGEN:=Higgs;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE W;
  AMEGIC_ALLOW_MAPPING 0;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Amegic LGEN;
  SCALES VAR{Abs2(p[2]+p[3])};

  # physics parameters
  YUKAWA[4] 1.42; YUKAWA[5] 4.8;
  YUKAWA[15] 1.777;
  EW_SCHEME 3;

  # collider parameters
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500;
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 22 22;
  NLO_QCD_Mode Fixed_Order;
  NLO_QCD_Part BVIRS;
  Order (*,2); Enable_MHV 12;
  Loop_Generator LGEN;
  Integrator PS2;
  RS_Integrator PS3;
  End process;
}(processes);

(selector){
  HiggsFinder 40 30 2.5 100 150;
  IsolationCut 22 0.4 2 0.025;
}(selector);

Things to notice:

  • This calculation is at fixed-order NLO.
  • All scales, i.e. the factorisation, renormalisation and resummation scales are set to the invariant mass of the di-photon pair.
  • Dedicated phase space generators are used by setting Integrator PS2; and RS_Integrator PS3;, cf. Integrator.

To compute the interference contribution only, as was done in [Dix13], one can set HIGGS_INTERFERENCE_ONLY 1; in the (run){...}(run) section. By default, all partonic processes are included in this simulation, however, it is sensible to disable quark initial states at the leading order. This is achieved by setting HIGGS_INTERFERENCE_MODE 3; in the (run){...}(run) section.

One can also simulate the production of a spin-2 massive graviton in Sherpa using the same input card by setting HIGGS_INTERFERENCE_SPIN 2; in the (run){...}(run) section. Only the massive graviton case is implemented, specifically the scenario where k_q=k_g. NLO corrections are approximated, as the gg->X->yy and qq->X->yy loop amplitudes have not been computed so far.


9.3.2 H+jets production in gluon fusion

This is an example setup for inclusive Higgs production through gluon fusion at hadron colliders used in [Hoe14a]. The inclusive process is calculated at next-to-leading order accuracy matched to the parton shower using the MC@NLO prescription detailed in [Hoe11]. The next few higher jet multiplicities, calculated at next-to-leading order as well, are merged into the inclusive sample using the MEPS@NLO method - an extension of the CKKW method to NLO - as described in [Hoe12a] and [Geh12]. Finally, even higher multiplicities, calculated at leading order, are merged on top of that. A few things to note are detailed below the example. The example can be converted a simple MENLOPS setup by setting LJET:=1, or an MEPS setup by setting LJET:=0, to study the effect of incorporating higher-order matrix elements.

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 5M; ERROR 0.1;

  % tags and settings for scale definitions
  FSF:=1.0; RSF:=1.0; QSF:=1.0;
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags for process setup
  LJET:=1,2,3; NJET:=2; QCUT:=30.;

  % tags and settings for ME generators
  LOOPGEN0:=Internal;
  LOOPGEN1:=MCFM;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN0 LOOPGEN1;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  COMIX_CLUSTER_CORE_CHECK 1;

  % settings for hard decays
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  HDH_STATUS[25,22,22] 2;
  HDH_BR_WEIGHTS 0;

  % model parameters
  MODEL HEFT;
  MASS[25] 125.; WIDTH[25] 0.;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500;  
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 25 93{NJET};
  Order (*,0,1); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET}; 
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN0 {1,2};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN1 {3};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  End process;
}(processes);

Things to notice:

  • Any setting with the exception of the process and selector definitions can be given in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card.
  • Tags (FSF, RSF and QSF) have been introduced for easy scale variations. Tags are replaced throughout the entire run card by their defined value, see Tags.
  • Tags (LJET, NJET and QCUT) have been introduced to be used in the process setup, defining the multiplicity of the MC@NLO subprocesses, the maximal number of extra jets, and the merging cut.
  • The LOOPGEN<i> tag is used to name the providers of the one-loop matrix elements for the respective multiplicities. For the two simplemost cases Sherpa can provide it internally. Additionally, MCFM is interfaced for the H+2jet process, cf. MCFM interface.
  • To enable the Higgs to decay to a pair of photons, for example, the hard decays are invoked. For details on the hard decay handling and how to enable specific decay modes see Hard decays. As in the Higgs case the branching ratios calculated by Sherpa at the leading order receive large corrections a modified BR table to be read in by Sherpa is provided.

9.3.3 H+jets production in gluon fusion with finite top mass effects

This is example is similar to H+jets production in gluon fusion but with finite top quark mass taken into account as described in [Bu03] for all merged jet multiplicities. Mass effects in the virtual corrections are treated in an approximate way. In case of the tree-level contributions, including real emission corrections, no approximations are made concerning the mass effects.

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 5M; ERROR 0.1;

  % tags and settings for scale definitions
  FSF:=1.0; RSF:=1.0; QSF:=1.0;
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags for process setup
  LJET:=1,2; NJET:=1; QCUT:=30.;

  % tags and settings for ME generators
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Amegic Internal OpenLoops;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;

  % settings for hard decays
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  HDH_STATUS[25,22,22] 2;
  HDH_BR_WEIGHTS 0;

  % model parameters
  MODEL HEFT
  MASS[25] 125.; WIDTH[25] 0.;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500;

  % finite top mass effects
  KFACTOR GGH;
  OL_IGNORE_MODEL 1;
  OL_PARAMETERS preset 2 allowed_libs pph2,pphj2,pphjj2 psp_tolerance 1.0e-7;
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 25 93{NJET};
  Order (*,0,1); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  Loop_Generator Internal;
  End process;
}(processes);

Things to notice:

  • One-loop matrix elements from OpenLoops [Cas11] are used in order to correct for top mass effects. Sherpa must therefore be compiled with OpenLoops support to run this example. Also, the OpenLoops process libraries listed in the run card must be installed.
  • The maximum jet multiplicities that can be merged in this setup are limited by the availability of loop matrix elements used to correct for finite top mass effects.
  • The comments in H+jets production in gluon fusion apply here as well.

9.3.4 H+jets production in associated production

This section collects example setups for Higgs boson production in association with vector bosons


9.3.4.1 Higgs production in association with W bosons and jets

This is an example setup for Higgs boson production in association with a W boson and jets, as used in [Hoe14b]. It uses the MEPS@NLO method to merge pp->WH and pp->WHj at next-to-leading order accuracy and adds pp->WHjj at leading order. The Higgs boson is decayed to W-pairs and all W decay channels resulting in electrons or muons are accounted for, including those with intermediate taus.

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M; ERROR 0.1;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1; RSF:=1; QSF:=1;
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=2; LJET:=2,3; QCUT:=30;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;

  % define custom particle container for easy process declaration
  PARTICLE_CONTAINER 900 W 24 -24;
  PARTICLE_CONTAINER 901 lightflavs 1 -1 2 -2 3 -3 4 -4 21;
  NLO_CSS_DISALLOW_FLAVOUR 5;

  % particle properties (ME widths need to be zero if external)
  WIDTH[24] 0;
  MASS[25] 125.5; WIDTH[25] 0;
  STABLE[15] 0; MASSIVE[15] 1;

  % hard decays setup, specify allowed decay channels, ie.:
  % h->Wenu, h->Wmunu, h->Wtaunu, W->enu, W->munu, W->taunu, tau->enunu, tau->mununu + cc
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  HDH_STATUS[25,24,-12,11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,24,-14,13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,24,-16,15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,-24,12,-11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,-24,14,-13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,-24,16,-15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[24,12,-11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[24,14,-13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[24,16,-15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-12,11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-14,13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-16,15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[15,16,-12,11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[15,16,-14,13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-15,-16,12,-11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-15,-16,14,-13]=2;
  DECAY_TAU_HARD 1;
  HDH_BR_WEIGHTS 0;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500;
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 901 901 -> 900 25 901{NJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  End process;
}(processes);

Things to notice:

  • Any setting with the exception of the process and selector definitions can be given in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card.
  • Tags (FSF, RSF and QSF) have been introduced for easy scale variations. Tags are replaced throughout the entire run card by their defined value, see Tags.
  • Tags (LJET, NJET and QCUT) have been introduced to be used in the process setup, defining the multiplicity of the MC@NLO subprocesses, the maximal number of extra jets, and the merging cut.
  • Two custom particle container, cf. Particle containers, have been declared, facilitating the process declaration.
  • As the bottom quark is treated masslessly by default, a five flavour calculation is performed. The particle container ensures that no external bottom quarks, however, are considered to resolve the overlap with single top and top pair processes.
  • The LOOPGEN tag is used to name the provider of the one-loop matrix elements. Here, OpenLoops [Cas11] is used.
  • To enable the decays of the Higgs, W boson and tau lepton the hard decay handler is invoked. For details on the hard decay handling and how to enable specific decay modes see Hard decays.

9.3.4.2 Higgs production in association with Z bosons and jets

This is an example setup for Higgs boson production in association with a Z boson and jets, as used in [Hoe14b]. It uses the MEPS@NLO method to merge pp->ZH and pp->ZHj at next-to-leading order accuracy and adds pp->ZHjj at leading order. The Higgs boson is decayed to W-pairs. All W and Z bosons are allowed to decay into electrons, muons or tau leptons. The taus are then allowed to decay into all possible partonic channels, leptonic and hadronic, to allow for all possible triplepton signatures, unavoidably producing two and four lepton events as well.

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M; ERROR 0.1;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1; RSF:=1; QSF:=1;
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=2; LJET:=2,3; QCUT:=30;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;

  % define custom particle container for easy process declaration
  PARTICLE_CONTAINER 901 lightflavs 1 -1 2 -2 3 -3 4 -4 21;
  NLO_CSS_DISALLOW_FLAVOUR 5;

  % particle properties (ME widths need to be zero if external)
  WIDTH[23] 0;
  MASS[25] 125.5; WIDTH[25] 0;
  STABLE[15] 0; MASSIVE[15] 1;

  % hard decays setup, specify allowed decay channels
  % h->Wenu, h->Wmunu, h->Wtaunu, W->enu, W->munu, W->taunu,
  % Z->ee, Z->mumu, Z->tautau, tau->any + cc
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  HDH_STATUS[25,24,-12,11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,24,-14,13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,24,-16,15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,-24,12,-11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,-24,14,-13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[25,-24,16,-15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[24,12,-11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[24,14,-13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[24,16,-15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-12,11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-14,13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-16,15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[23,15,-15]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[15,16,-12,11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[15,16,-14,13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-15,-16,12,-11]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-15,-16,14,-13]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[15,16,-2,1]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[15,16,-4,3]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[15,16,-2,1]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-15,-16,4,-3]=2;
  HDH_STATUS[-15,-16,2,-1]=2;
  DECAY_TAU_HARD 1;
  HDH_BR_WEIGHTS 0;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500;
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 901 901 -> 23 25 901{NJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  End process;
}(processes);

Things to notice:

  • Any setting with the exception of the process and selector definitions can be given in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card.
  • Tags (FSF, RSF and QSF) have been introduced for easy scale variations. Tags are replaced throughout the entire run card by their defined value, see Tags.
  • Tags (LJET, NJET and QCUT) have been introduced to be used in the process setup, defining the multiplicity of the MC@NLO subprocesses, the maximal number of extra jets, and the merging cut.
  • A custom particle container, cf. Particle containers, has been declared, facilitating the process declaration.
  • As the bottom quark is treated masslessly by default, a five flavour calculation is performed. The particle container ensures that no external bottom quarks, however, are considered to resolve the overlap with single top and top pair processes.
  • The LOOPGEN tag is used to name the provider of the one-loop matrix elements. Here, OpenLoops [Cas11] is used.
  • To enable the decays of the Higgs, W and Z bosons and tau lepton the hard decay handler is invoked. For details on the hard decay handling and how to enable specific decay modes see Hard decays.

9.3.4.3 Higgs production in association with lepton pairs

This is an example setup for Higgs boson production in association with an electron-positron pair using the MC@NLO technique. The Higgs boson is decayed to b-quark pairs. Contrary to the previous examples this setup does not use on-shell intermediate vector bosons in its matrix element calculation.

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M; ERROR 0.1;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1; RSF:=1; QSF:=1;
  SCLDEF:=Abs2(p[2]+p[3]+p[4]);
  SCALES VAR{FSF*SCLDEF}{RSF*SCLDEF}{QSF*SCLDEF};

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;

  % particle properties (ME widths need to be zero if external)
  MASSIVE[5] 1; MASSIVE[15] 1;
  STABLE[25] 0; WIDTH[25] 0.;

  % hard decays setup, specify allowed decay channels
  % h->bb
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  HDH_STATUS[25,5,-5]=2;
  HDH_BR_WEIGHTS 0;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500;
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 11 -11 25;
  Order (*,3);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO;
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN;
  ME_Generator Amegic;
  RS_ME_Generator Comix;
  End process;
}(processes);

Things to notice:

  • Any setting with the exception of the process and selector definitions can be given in the (run){...}(run) section of the run card.
  • Tags (FSF, RSF and QSF) have been introduced for easy scale variations. Tags are replaced throughout the entire run card by their defined value, see Tags. The central scale is set to the invariant mass of the Higgs boson and the lepton pair.
  • As the bottom quark is set to be treated massively, a four flavour calculation is performed.
  • The LOOPGEN tag is used to name the provider of the one-loop matrix elements. Here, OpenLoops [Cas11] is used.
  • To enable the decays of the Higgs the hard decay handler is invoked. For details on the hard decay handling and how to enable specific decay modes see Hard decays.

9.3.5 Associated t anti-t H production at the LHC

This set-up illustrates the interface to an external loop matrix element generator as well as the possibility of specifying hard decays for particles emerging from the hard interaction. The process generated is the production of a Higgs boson in association with a top quark pair from two light partons in the initial state. Each top quark decays into an (anti-)bottom quark and a W boson. The W bosons in turn decay to either quarks or leptons.

(run){
  # generator parameters
  EVENTS 0; LGEN:=TTH;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Amegic LGEN;
  HARD_DECAYS On; HARD_MASS_SMEARING 0;
  STABLE[6] 0; STABLE[24] 0;
  WIDTH[25] 0; WIDTH[6] 0; 

  # physics parameters
  SCALES VAR{sqr(175+125/2)};
  PDF_LIBRARY LHAPDFSherpa;
  PDF_SET MSTW2008nlo90cl;
  USE_PDF_ALPHAS 1;

  # collider parameters
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 7000;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 7000;  
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 25 6 -6;
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO;
  Loop_Generator LGEN;
  Order (*,1);
  End process;
}(processes);

Things to notice:

  • The matrix elements are interfaced from [Rei01], [Rei01a], [Daw02], [Daw03]. The shared library necessary for running this setup is built using scons.
  • The top quarks are stable in the hard matrix elements. They are decayed using the internal decay module, indicated by the settings HARD_DECAYS 1 and STABLE[6] 0; STABLE[24] 0.
  • LHAPDF is used (see ISR parameters) with the parametrization of the strong coupling taken from LHAPDF itself as indicated by USE_PDF_ALPHAS 1 (see Standard Model).

9.4 Top quark (pair) + jets production


9.4.1 Top quark pair production

(run){
  % general setting
  EVENTS 1M; ERROR 0.99;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};
  SCALE_VARIATIONS 0.25,0.25 0.25,1. 1.,0.25 1.,1. 1.,4. 4.,1. 4.,4.;
  CORE_SCALE QCD;
  METS_BBAR_MODE 5;

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=3; LJET:=2,3; QCUT:=20.;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 13500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 13500.;

  % decays
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1]=0
  HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3]=0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-2,1]=0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-4,3]=0
  STABLE[24] 0; STABLE[6] 0; WIDTH[6] 0;

  NLO_SMEAR_THRESHOLD 1;
  NLO_SMEAR_POWER 2;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process : 93 93 ->  6 -6 93{NJET};
  Order (*,0); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  Max_N_Quarks 6 {5,6,7,8};
  Integration_Error 0.05 {5,6,7,8};
  Scales LOOSE_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2} {5,6,7,8};
  End process
}(processes)

Things to notice:

  • We use OpenLoops to compute the virtual corrections [Cas11].
  • We match matrix elements and parton showers using the MC@NLO technique for massive particles, as described in [Hoe13].
  • A non-default METS core scale setter is used, cf. METS scale setting with multiparton core processes
  • We enable top decays through the internal decay module using HARD_DECAYS 1
  • We calculate on-the-fly a 7-point scale variation, cf. Scale and PDF variations.

9.4.2 Top quark pair production including approximate EW corrections

(run){
  % general setting
  EVENTS 1M; ERROR 0.99;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};
  SCALE_VARIATIONS 0.25,0.25 0.25,1. 1.,0.25 1.,1. 1.,4. 4.,1. 4.,4.;
  ASSOCIATED_CONTRIBUTIONS_VARIATIONS EW EW|LO1 EW|LO1|LO2 EW|LO1|LO2|LO3;
  CORE_SCALE QCD;
  METS_BBAR_MODE 5;

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=3; LJET:=2,3; QCUT:=20.;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  OL_PARAMETERS preset 2 ew_renorm_scheme 1;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 13500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 13500.;

  % decays
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1]=0
  HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3]=0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-2,1]=0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-4,3]=0
  STABLE[24] 0; STABLE[6] 0; WIDTH[6] 0;

  NLO_SMEAR_THRESHOLD 1;
  NLO_SMEAR_POWER 2;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process : 93 93 ->  6 -6 93{NJET};
  Order (*,0); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  Associated_Contributions EW|LO1|LO2|LO3 {2};
  Associated_Contributions EW|LO1|LO2|LO3 {3};
  Max_N_Quarks 6 {5,6,7,8};
  Integration_Error 0.05 {5,6,7,8};
  Scales LOOSE_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2} {5,6,7,8};
  End process
}(processes)

Things to notice:

  • In addition to the setup in Top quark pair production we add approximate EW corrections, cf. [Gut18].
  • Please note: this setup currently only works with a beta version of the upcoming OpenLoops release.
  • The approximate EW corrections are added as additional variations on the event weight.

9.4.3 Production of a top quark pair in association with a W-boson

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 10000;

  % tags and settings for scale definitions
  FSF:=1.0; RSF:=1.0; QSF:=1.0;
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags and settings for ME generators
  LGEN:=OpenLoops;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;

  % settings for hard decays
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1]=0;
  HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3]=0;
  HDH_STATUS[24,16,-15]=0;

  % model parameters
  WIDTH[6] 0; WIDTH[24] 0;

  % technical parameters
  EXCLUSIVE_CLUSTER_MODE 1;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 4000;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 4000;
}(run);

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 6 -6 24;
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO;
  ME_Generator Amegic;
  RS_ME_Generator Comix;
  Loop_Generator LGEN;
  Order (*,1);
  End process;
}(processes);

Things to notice:

  • Hard decays are enabled through HARD_DECAYS=On and spin correlations are switched on through HARD_SPIN_CORRELATIONS=1
  • Top quarks and W bosons are set unstable through STABLE[6]=0 STABLE[24]=0. As they are final states in the hard matrix elements, their width is set to zero using WIDTH[6]=0 and WIDTH[24]=0.
  • Certain decay channels are disabled using HDH_NO_DECAY={24,2,-1}|{24,4,-3}|{24,16,-15}

9.5 Single-top production in the s, t and tW channel

In this section, examples for single-top production in three different channels are described. For the channel definitions and a validation of these setups, see [Both17].


9.5.1 t-channel single-top production

# SHERPA run card for t-channel single top-quark production at MC@NLO
# and N_f = 5

(run){
  # general setting
  EVENTS 1M

  # me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops
  HARD_DECAYS On

  # scales, tags for scale variations
  # SCALES STRICT_METS:
  #   use CKKW clustering scale for real/MC@NLO emission
  # CORESCALE SingleTop:
  #   use Mandelstam \hat{t} for t-channel 2->2 core process
  SCF:=1.; FSF:=SCF; RSF:=SCF; QSF:=SCF
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2}
  CORE_SCALE SingleTop

  # collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 4000
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 4000

  # disable hadronic W decays
  HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1] 0
  HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3] 0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-2,1] 0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-4,3] 0

  # choose EW Gmu input scheme
  EW_SCHEME 3

  # required for using top-quark in ME
  WIDTH[6]  0.
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 6 93
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO
  Order (*,2)
  ME_Generator Amegic
  RS_ME_Generator Comix
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN
  Min_N_TChannels 1  # require t-channel W
  End process
}(processes)

Things to notice:

  • We use OpenLoops to compute the virtual corrections [Cas11].
  • We match matrix elements and parton showers using the MC@NLO technique for massive particles, as described in [Hoe13].
  • A non-default METS core scale setter is used, cf. METS scale setting with multiparton core processes
  • We enable top and W decays through the internal decay module using HARD_DECAYS On. The W is restricted to its leptonic decay channels.
  • By setting Min_N_TChannels 1, only t-channel diagrams are used for the calculation

9.5.2 t-channel single-top production with N_f=4

# SHERPA run card for t-channel single top-quark production at MC@NLO
# and N_f = 4

(run){
  # general setting
  EVENTS 1M

  # me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops
  HARD_DECAYS On

  # scales, tags for scale variations
  #   muR = transverse momentum of the bottom
  #   muF = muQ = transverse momentum of the top
  SCF:=1.; FSF:=SCF; RSF:=SCF; QSF:=SCF
  rscl2:=MPerp2(p[3])
  fscl2:=MPerp2(p[2])
  SCALES VAR{FSF*fscl2}{RSF*rscl2}{QSF*fscl2}

  # collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 4000
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 4000

  # disable hadronic W decays
  HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1] 0
  HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3] 0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-2,1] 0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-4,3] 0

  # choose EW Gmu input scheme
  EW_SCHEME 3

  # required for using top-quark in ME
  WIDTH[6]  0.

  # configure for N_f = 4
  PDF_LIBRARY LHAPDFSherpa
  PDF_SET NNPDF30_nlo_as_0118_nf_4
  USE_PDF_ALPHAS 1
  MASS[5] 4.18  # as in NNPDF30_nlo_as_0118_nf_4
  MASSIVE[5] 1
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 6 -5 93
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO
  Order (*,2)
  ME_Generator Amegic
  RS_ME_Generator Comix
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN
  Min_N_TChannels 1  # require t-channel W
  End process
}(processes)

Things to notice:


9.5.3 s-channel single-top production

# SHERPA run card for s-channel single top-quark production at MC@NLO
# and N_f = 5

(run){
  # general setting
  EVENTS 1M

  # me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops
  HARD_DECAYS On

  # scales, tags for scale variations
  # SCALES STRICT_METS:
  #   use CKKW clustering scale for real/MC@NLO emission
  # CORESCALE SingleTop:
  #   use Mandelstam \hat{s} for s-channel 2->2 core process
  SCF:=1.; FSF:=SCF; RSF:=SCF; QSF:=SCF
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2}
  CORE_SCALE SingleTop

  # collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 4000
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 4000

  # disable hadronic W decays
  HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1] 0
  HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3] 0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-2,1] 0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-4,3] 0

  # choose EW Gmu input scheme
  EW_SCHEME 3

  # required for using top-quark in ME
  WIDTH[6]  0.

  # there is no bottom in the initial-state in s-channel production
  PARTICLE_CONTAINER 900 lj 1 -1 2 -2 3 -3 4 -4 21
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 900 900 -> 6 93
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO
  Order (*,2)
  ME_Generator Amegic
  RS_ME_Generator Comix
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN
  Max_N_TChannels 0  # require s-channel W
  End process
}(processes)

Things to notice:

  • By excluding the bottom quark from the initial-state at Born level using PARTICLE_CONTAINER, and by setting Max_N_TChannels 0, only s-channel diagrams are used for the calculation
  • See t-channel single-top production for more comments

9.5.4 tW-channel single-top production

# SHERPA run card for tW-channel single top-quark production at MC@NLO
# and N_f = 5

(run){
  # general setting
  EVENTS 1M

  # me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops
  HARD_DECAYS On

  # scales, tags for scale variations
  #   mu = transverse momentum of the top
  SCF:=1.; FSF:=SCF; RSF:=SCF; QSF:=SCF;
  scl2:=MPerp2(p[3]);
  SCALES VAR{FSF*scl2}{RSF*scl2}{QSF*scl2};

  # collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 4000
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 4000

  # disable hadronic W decays
  HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1] 0
  HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3] 0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-2,1] 0
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-4,3] 0

  # choose EW Gmu input scheme
  EW_SCHEME 3

  # required for using top-quark/W-boson in ME
  WIDTH[6]   0.
  WIDTH[24]  0.
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 6 -24
  No_Decay -6  # remove ttbar diagrams
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO
  Order (*,1)
  ME_Generator Amegic
  RS_ME_Generator Comix
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN
  End process
}(processes)

Things to notice:

  • By setting No_Decay -6, the doubly-resonant TTbar diagrams are removed. Only the singly-resonant diagrams remain as required by the definition of the channel.
  • See t-channel single-top production for more comments

9.6 Vector boson pairs + jets production


9.6.1 Dilepton, missing energy and jets production

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=3; LJET:=4,5; QCUT:=30.;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;
  EXCLUSIVE_CLUSTER_MODE 1;
  METS_CLUSTER_MODE 16;

  % define parton container without b-quarks to
  % remove any processes with top contributions
  PARTICLE_CONTAINER 901 lightflavs 1 -1 2 -2 3 -3 4 -4 21;
  NLO_CSS_DISALLOW_FLAVOUR 5;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500.;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 901 901 -> 90 91 90 91 901{NJET};
  Order (*,4); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  Integration_Error 0.05 {5,6,7,8};
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  "PT" 90 5.0,E_CMS:5.0,E_CMS [PT_UP]
  Mass 11 -11 10.0 E_CMS
  Mass 13 -13 10.0 E_CMS
  Mass 15 -15 10.0 E_CMS
}(selector)

Things to notice:


9.6.2 Dilepton, missing energy and jets production (gluon initiated)

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};
  CORE_SCALE VAR{Abs2(p[2]+p[3]+p[4]+p[5])/4.0};
  EXCLUSIVE_CLUSTER_MODE 1;

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=1; QCUT:=20;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;
  AMEGIC_ALLOW_MAPPING 0;
  % the following phase space libraries have to be generated with the
  % corresponding qq->llvv setup (RUNDATA=Run.tree.dat) first;
  % they will appear in Process/Amegic/lib/libProc_fsrchannels*.so
  SHERPA_LDADD Proc_fsrchannels4 Proc_fsrchannels5;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500.;
}(run)


(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 90 90 91 91 93{1};
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  Order (2,4) {4};
  Order (3,4) {5};
  Integrator fsrchannels4 {4};
  Integrator fsrchannels5 {5};
  Enable_MHV 10; # initialises external process
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN;
  Integration_Error 0.02 {5};
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  Mass 11 -11 10.0 E_CMS;
  Mass 13 -13 10.0 E_CMS;
  Mass 15 -15 10.0 E_CMS;
}(selector)

Things to notice:


9.6.3 Four lepton and jets production

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=3; LJET:=4,5; QCUT:=30.;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;
  EXCLUSIVE_CLUSTER_MODE 1;
  METS_CLUSTER_MODE 16;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500.;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 90 90 90 90 93{NJET};
  Order (*,4); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  Integration_Error 0.05 {5,6,7,8};
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  "PT" 90 5.0,E_CMS:5.0,E_CMS [PT_UP]
  Mass 11 -11 10.0 E_CMS
  Mass 13 -13 10.0 E_CMS
  Mass 15 -15 10.0 E_CMS
}(selector)

Things to notice:


9.6.4 Four lepton and jets production (gluon initiated)

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};
  CORE_SCALE VAR{Abs2(p[2]+p[3]+p[4]+p[5])/4.0};
  EXCLUSIVE_CLUSTER_MODE 1;

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=1; QCUT:=20;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;
  AMEGIC_ALLOW_MAPPING 0;
  % the following phase space libraries have to be generated with the
  % corresponding qq->llll setup (RUNDATA=Run.tree.dat) first;
  % they will appear in Process/Amegic/lib/libProc_fsrchannels*.so
  SHERPA_LDADD Proc_fsrchannels4 Proc_fsrchannels5;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500.;
}(run)


(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 90 90 90 90 93{1};
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  Order (2,4) {4};
  Order (3,4) {5};
  Integrator fsrchannels4 {4};
  Integrator fsrchannels5 {5};
  Enable_MHV 10; # initialises external process
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN;
  Integration_Error 0.02 {5};
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  Mass 11 -11 10.0 E_CMS;
  Mass 13 -13 10.0 E_CMS;
  Mass 15 -15 10.0 E_CMS;
}(selector)

Things to notice:


9.6.5 WZ production with jets production

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M;

  % scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.; RSF:=1.; QSF:=1.;
  SCALES METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};
  CORE_SCALE VAR{Abs2(p[2]+p[3])/4.0};
  EXCLUSIVE_CLUSTER_MODE 1;

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=3; LJET:=2,3; QCUT:=30.;

  % me generator settings
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LOOPGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LOOPGEN:=OpenLoops;

  % decay setup
  HARD_DECAYS On;
  WIDTH[23] 0; WIDTH[24] 0;
  HDH_STATUS[24,2,-1] 2;
  HDH_STATUS[24,4,-3] 2;
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-2,1] 2;
  HDH_STATUS[-24,-4,3] 2;
  HDH_STATUS[23,12,-12] 2;
  HDH_STATUS[23,14,-14] 2;
  HDH_STATUS[23,16,-16] 2;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500.;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 24 23 93{NJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  Integration_Error 0.05 {3,4,5,6,7};
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> -24 23 93{NJET};
  Order (*,2); CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LOOPGEN {LJET};
  Integration_Error 0.05 {3,4,5,6,7};
  End process;
}(processes)

Things to notice:


9.6.6 Same sign dilepton, missing energy and jets production

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 1M;

  % choose EW Gmu input scheme
  EW_SCHEME 3;

  % tags for process setup
  NJET:=1; QCUT:=30.;

  %scales, tags for scale variations
  FSF:=1.0; RSF:=1.0; QSF:=1.0;
  SCALES=STRICT_METS{FSF*MU_F2}{RSF*MU_R2}{QSF*MU_Q2};
  CORE_SCALE=VAR{Abs2(p[2]+p[3]+p[4]+p[5])};
  EXCLUSIVE_CLUSTER_MODE 1;

  %solves problem with dipole QED modeling
  ME_QED_CLUSTERING_THRESHOLD 10;

  % improve integration performance
  PSI_ITMIN 25000;
  INTEGRATION_ERROR 0.05;

  % collider setup
  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 6500.;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 6500.;
}(run)


(processes){
  Process 93 93 -> 11 11 -12 -12 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> 13 13 -14 -14 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> 15 15 -16 -16 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> 11 13 -12 -14 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> 11 15 -12 -16 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> 13 15 -14 -16 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> -11 -11 12 12 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> -13 -13 14 14 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> -15 -15 16 16 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> -11 -13 12 14 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> -11 -15 12 16 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;

  Process 93 93 -> -13 -15 14 16 93 93 93{NJET};
  Order (*,6);
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS);
  End process;
}(processes)

(selector){
  PT 90 5.0 E_CMS;
  NJetFinder 2 15. 0. 0.4 -1;
}(selector)

Things to notice:


9.7 Event generation in the MSSM using UFO

This is an example for event generation in the MSSM using Sherpa’s UFO support. In the corresponding Example directory <prefix>/share/SHERPA-MC/Examples/UFO_MSSM/, you will find a directory MSSM that contains the UFO output for the MSSM (https://feynrules.irmp.ucl.ac.be/wiki/MSSM). To run the example, generate the model as described in UFO Model Interface by executing

cd <prefix>/share/SHERPA-MC/Examples/UFO_MSSM/
<prefix>/bin/Sherpa-generate-model MSSM

An example run card will be written to the working directory. Use this run card as a template to generate events.


9.8 Deep-inelastic scattering


9.8.1 DIS at HERA

This is an example of a setup for hadronic final states in deep-inelastic lepton-nucleon scattering at a centre-of-mass energy of 300 GeV. Corresponding measurements were carried out by the H1 and ZEUS collaborations at the HERA collider at DESY Hamburg.

(run){
  EVENTS 1M;
  # technical parameters
  NJET:=4; QCUT:=5; SDIS:=1.0;
  LJET:=2,3; LGEN:=BlackHat;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Comix Amegic LGEN;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  RESPECT_MASSIVE_FLAG 1;
  CSS_KIN_SCHEME 1;
  # collider setup
  BEAM_1 -11 27.5; BEAM_2 2212 820; 
  PDF_SET_1 None;
  # hadronization tune
  PARJ(21) 0.432; PARJ(41) 1.05; PARJ(42) 1.0;
  PARJ(47) 0.65; MSTJ(11) 5;
  FRAGMENTATION Lund; DECAYMODEL Lund; 
}(run);

(processes){
  Process -11 93 -> -11 93 93{NJET};
  CKKW sqr(QCUT/E_CMS)/(1.0+sqr(QCUT/SDIS)/Abs2(p[2]-p[0]));
  NLO_QCD_Mode MC@NLO {LJET};
  Order (*,2); Max_N_Quarks 6;
  ME_Generator Amegic {LJET};
  RS_ME_Generator Comix {LJET};
  Loop_Generator LGEN;
  PSI_ItMin 25000 {3};
  Integration_Error 0.03 {3};
  End process;
}(processes);

(selector){
  Q2 -11 -11 4 1e12;
}(selector)

Things to notice:

  • the beams are asymmetric with the positrons at an energy of 27.6 GeV, while the protons carry 820 GeV of energy.
  • the multi-jet merging cut is set dynamically for each event, depending on the photon virtuality, see [Car09].
  • there is a selector cut on the photon virtuality. This cut implements the experimental requirements for idenitfying the deep-inelastic scattering process.

9.9 Fixed-order next-to-leading order calculations


9.9.1 Production of NTuples

Root NTuples are a convenient way to store the result of cumbersome fixed-order calculations in order to perform multiple analyses. This example shows how to generate such NTuples and reweighted them in order to change factorisation and renormalisation scales. Note that in order to use this setup, Sherpa must be configured with option --enable-root=/path/to/root, see Event output formats. If Sherpa has not been configured with Rivet analysis support, please disable the analysis using -a0 on the command line, see Command line options.

When using NTuples, one needs to bear in mind that every calculation involving jets in the final state is exclusive in the sense that a lower cutoff on the jet transverse momenta must be imposed. It is therefore necessary to check whether the event sample stored in the NTuple is sufficiently inclusive before using it. Similar remarks apply when photons are present in the NLO calculation or when cuts on leptons have been applied at generation level to increase efficiency. Every NTuple should therefore be accompanied by an appropriate documentation.

This example will generate NTuples for the process pp->lvj, where l is an electron or positron, and v is an electron (anti-)neutrino. We identify parton-level jets using the anti-k_T algorithm with R=0.4 [Cac08]. We require the transverse momentum of these jets to be larger than 20 GeV. No other cuts are applied at generation level.

(run){
  EVENTS 100k;
  EVENT_GENERATION_MODE Weighted;
  LGEN:=BlackHat; ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR Amegic LGEN;
  ### Analysis (please configure with --enable-rivet & --enable-hepmc2)
  ANALYSIS Rivet; ANALYSIS_OUTPUT Analysis/HTp/BVI/;
  ### NTuple output (please configure with '--enable-root')
  EVENT_OUTPUT Root[NTuple_B-like];

  BEAM_1 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 3500;
  BEAM_2 2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 3500;
  SCF:=1; ### default scale factor
  SCALES VAR{SCF*sqr(sqrt(H_T2)-PPerp(p[2])-PPerp(p[3])+MPerp(p[2]+p[3]))};
  EW_SCHEME 0; WIDTH_SCHEME Fixed; # sin\theta_w -> 0.23
  DIPOLE_ALPHA 0.03;
  MASSIVE[13] 1; MASSIVE[15] 1;
}(run);
(processes){
  ### The Born piece
  Process 93 93 -> 90 91 93;
  NLO_QCD_Mode Fixed_Order;
  NLO_QCD_Part B;
  Order (*,2);
  End process;
  ### The virtual piece
  Process 93 93 -> 90 91 93;
  NLO_QCD_Mode Fixed_Order;
  NLO_QCD_Part V;
  Loop_Generator LGEN;
  Order (*,2);
  End process;
  ### The integrated subtraction piece
  Process 93 93 -> 90 91 93;
  NLO_QCD_Mode Fixed_Order;
  NLO_QCD_Part I;
  Order (*,2);
  End process;
}(processes);
(selector){
  FastjetFinder antikt 1 20 0 0.4;
}(selector);

(analysis){
  BEGIN_RIVET {
    -a ATLAS_2012_I1083318;
    USE_HEPMC_SHORT 1;
    IGNOREBEAMS 1;
  } END_RIVET;
}(analysis);

Things to notice:

  • NTuple production is enabled by EVENT_OUTPUT Root[NTuple_B-like], see Event output formats.
  • The scale used is defined as in [Ber09a].
  • EW_SCHEME 0; WIDTH_SCHEME Fixed; are used to set the value of the weak mixing angle to 0.23, consistent with EW precision measurements.
  • DIPOLE_ALPHA 0.03 is used to limit the active phase space of dipole subtractions.
  • MASSIVE[13] 1; MASSIVE[15] 1; are used to limit the number of active lepton flavours to electron and positron.
  • The option USE_HEPMC_SHORT 1 is used in the Rivet analysis section as the events produced by Sherpa are not at particle level.

9.9.1.1 NTuple production

Start Sherpa using the command line

  Sherpa -f Run.B-like.dat

Sherpa will first create source code for its matrix-element calculations. This process will stop with a message instructing you to compile. Do so by running

  ./makelibs -j4

Launch Sherpa again, using

  Sherpa -f Run.B-like.dat

Sherpa will then compute the Born, virtual and integrated subtraction contribution to the NLO cross section and generate events. These events are analyzed using the Rivet library and stored in a Root NTuple file called NTuple_B-like.root. We will use this NTuple later to compute an NLO uncertainty band.

The real-emission contribution, including subtraction terms, to the NLO cross section is computed using

  Sherpa -f Run.R-like.dat

Events are generated, analyzed by Rivet and stored in the Root NTuple file NTuple_R-like.root.

The two analyses of events with Born-like and real-emission-like kinematics need to be merged, which can be achieved using scripts like aidaadd. The result can then be plotted and displayed.

9.9.1.2 Usage of NTuples in Sherpa

Next we will compute the NLO uncertainty band using Sherpa. To this end, we make use of the Root NTuples generated in the previous steps. Note that the setup files for reweighting are almost identical to those for generating the NTuples. We have simply replaced EVENT_OUTPUT by EVENT_INPUT.

First we re-evaluate the events with the scale increased by a factor 2:

  Sherpa -f Reweight.B-like.dat
  Sherpa -f Reweight.R-like.dat

Then we re-evaluate the events with the scale decreased by a factor 2:

  Sherpa -f Reweight.B-like.dat SCF:=0.25 -A Analysis/025HTp/BVI
  Sherpa -f Reweight.R-like.dat SCF:=0.25 -A Analysis/025HTp/RS

The two contributions can again be combined using aidaadd.


9.10 Soft QCD: Minimum Bias and Cross Sections


9.10.1 Calculation of inclusive cross sections

(run){
  OUTPUT              = 2
  EVENT_TYPE          = MinimumBias 
  SOFT_COLLISIONS     = Shrimps
  Shrimps_Mode        = Xsecs

  deltaY    =  1.5;
  Lambda2   =  1.7;
  beta_0^2  =  20.0;
  kappa     =  0.6;
  xi        =  0.2;
  lambda    =  0.3;
  Delta     =  0.4;
}(run)

(beam){
  BEAM_1 =  2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 = 450.;
  BEAM_2 =  2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 = 450.;
}(beam)

(me){
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR = None
}(me)

Things to notice:

  • Inclusive cross sections (total, inelastic, low-mass single-diffractive, low-mass double-diffractive, elastic) and the elastic slope are calculated for varying c.m. energies in pp collisions
  • The results are written to the file InclusiveQuantities/xsecs_total.dat and to the screen. The directory will automatically be created in the path from where Sherpa is run.
  • The parameters of the model are not very well tuned.

9.10.2 Simulation of Minimum Bias events

(run){
  EVENTS              = 50k
  OUTPUT              = 2
  EVENT_TYPE          = MinimumBias 
  SOFT_COLLISIONS     = Shrimps
  Shrimps_Mode        = Inelastic 

  ANALYSIS            = Rivet

  ANALYSIS_OUTPUT     = test6

  ALPHAS(MZ) 0.118;
  ORDER_ALPHAS 1;
  CSS_FS_PT2MIN       1.00
  MAX_PROPER_LIFETIME = 10.

  deltaY    =  1.5;
  Lambda2   =  1.376;
  beta_0^2  =  18.76;
  kappa     =  0.6;
  xi        =  0.2;
  lambda    =  0.2151;
  Delta     =  0.3052;

  Q_0^2           = 2.25;
  Chi_S           = 1.0;
  Shower_Min_KT2  = 4.0;
  Diff_Factor     = 4.0;
  KT2_Factor      = 4.0;
  RescProb        = 2.0;
  RescProb1       = 0.5;
  Q_RC^2          = 0.9;
  ReconnProb      = -25.;
  Resc_KTMin      = off;

  Misha           = 0
}(run)

(beam){
  BEAM_1 =  2212; BEAM_ENERGY_1 = 3500.;
  BEAM_2 =  2212; BEAM_ENERGY_2 = 3500.;
}(beam)

(analysis){
  BEGIN_RIVET {
  -a ATLAS_2010_S8918562 ATLAS_2010_S8894728 ATLAS_2011_S8994773 ATLAS_2012_I1084540 TOTEM_2012_DNDETA ATLAS_2011_I919017 CMS_2011_S8978280 CMS_2011_S9120041 CMS_2011_S9215166 CMS_2010_S8656010 CMS_2011_S8884919 CMS_QCD_10_024
  } END_RIVET
}(analysis)

(me){
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR = None
}(me)


Things to notice:

  • The SHRiMPS model is not properly tuned yet – all parameters are set to very natural values, such as for example 1.0 GeV for infrared parameters.
  • Eleastic scattering and low-mass diffraction are not included.
  • A large number of Minimum Bias-type analyses is enabled.

9.11 Setups for event production at B-factories


9.11.1 QCD continuum

Example setup for QCD continuum production at the Belle/KEK collider. Please note, it does not include any hadronic resonance.

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 5M;
  % model parameters
  ALPHAS(MZ) 0.1188;
  ORDER_ALPHAS 1;
  MASSIVE[4] 1;
  MASSIVE[5] 1;
  MASSIVE_PS 3;
  % collider setup
  BEAM_1  11; BEAM_ENERGY_1 7.;
  BEAM_2 -11; BEAM_ENERGY_2 4.;
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 11 -11 -> 93 93;
  Order (*,2);
  End process;
  Process 11 -11 -> 4 -4;
  Order (*,2);
  End process;
  Process 11 -11 -> 5 -5;
  Order (*,2);
  End process;
}(processes)

Things to notice:

  • Asymmetric beam energies, photon ISR is switched on per default.
  • Full mass effects of c and b quarks computed.
  • Strong coupling constant value set to 0.1188 and two loop (NLO) running.

9.11.2 Signal process

Example setup for B-hadron pair production on the Y(4S) pole.

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 5M;
  % model parameters
  ALPHAS(MZ) 0.1188;
  ORDER_ALPHAS 1;
  MASSIVE[4] 1;
  MASSIVE[5] 1;
  MASSIVE_PS 3;
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATORS Internal;
  SCALES VAR{sqr(91.2)};
  % collider setup
  BEAM_1  11; BEAM_ENERGY_1 7.;
  BEAM_2 -11; BEAM_ENERGY_2 4.;
}(run)

(processes){
  #
  # electron positron -> Y(4S) -> B+ B-
  #
  Process 11 -11 -> 300553[a];
  Decay 300553[a] -> 521 -521;
  End process;
  #
  # electron positron -> Y(4S) -> B0 B0bar
  #
  Process 11 -11 -> 300553[a];
  Decay 300553[a] -> 511 -511;
  End process;
}(processes)

Things to notice:

  • Same setup as QCD continuum, except for process specification.
  • Production of both B0 and B+ pairs, in due proportion.

9.11.3 Single hadron decay chains

This setup is not a collider setup, but a simulation of a hadronic decay chain.

(run){
  % general settings
  EVENTS 5M;
  EVENT_TYPE HadronDecay;

  % specify hadron to be decayed
  DECAYER 511;

  % initialise rest for Sherpa not to complain
  % model parameters
  ME_SIGNAL_GENERATORS Internal;
  SCALES VAR{sqr(91.2)};
  % collider setup
  BEAM_1  11; BEAM_ENERGY_1 7.;
  BEAM_2 -11; BEAM_ENERGY_2 4.;
#  ANALYSIS=Rivet
}(run)

(processes){
  Process 11 -11 -> 13 -13;
  End process;
}(processes)

#(analysis){
#  BEGIN_RIVET {
#  -a BELLE_2015_I1397632
#  } END_RIVET
#}(analysis)

Things to notice:

  • EVENT_TYPE is set to HadronDecay.
  • DECAYER specifies the hadron flavour initialising the decay chain.
  • A place holder process is declared such that the Sherpa framework can be initialised. That process will not be used.

9.12 Calculating matrix element values for externally given configurations


9.12.1 Computing matrix elements for idividual phase space points using the Python Interface

Sherpa’s Python interface (see Python Interface) can be used to compute matrix elemtents for individual phase space points. Access to a designated class “MEProcess” is provided by interface to compute matrix elements as illustrated in the example script.

Please note that the process in the script must be compatible with the one specified in the run card in the working directory. A random phase space point for the process of interes can be generated as shown in the example.

If AMEGIC++ is used as the matrix element generator, executing the script will result in AMEGIC++ writing out libraries and exiting. After compiling the libraries using ./makelibs, the script must be executed again in order to obtain the matrix element.

#!/usr/bin/env python2
@LOADMPIFORPY@
import sys
sys.path.append('@PYLIBDIR@')
import Sherpa

# Add this to the execution arguments to prevent Sherpa from starting the cross section integration
sys.argv.append('INIT_ONLY=2')

Generator=Sherpa.Sherpa()
try:
    Generator.InitializeTheRun(len(sys.argv),sys.argv)
    Process=Sherpa.MEProcess(Generator)

    # Incoming flavors must be added first!
    Process.AddInFlav(11);
    Process.AddInFlav(-11);
    Process.AddOutFlav(1);
    Process.AddOutFlav(-1);
    Process.Initialize();

    # First argument corresponds to particle index:
    # index 0 correspons to particle added first, index 1 is the particle added second, and so on...
    Process.SetMomentum(0, 45.6,0.,0.,45.6)
    Process.SetMomentum(1, 45.6,0.,0.,-45.6)
    Process.SetMomentum(2, 45.6,0.,45.6,0.)
    Process.SetMomentum(3, 45.6,0.,-45.6,0.)
    print '\nSquared ME: ', Process.CSMatrixElement()

    # Momentum setting via list of floats
    Process.SetMomenta([[45.6,0.,0.,45.6],
                        [45.6,0.,0.,-45.6],
                        [45.6,0.,45.6,0.],
                        [45.6,0.,-45.6,0.]])
    print '\nSquared ME: ', Process.CSMatrixElement()
    
    # Random momenta
    E_cms = 500.0
    tp = Process.TestPoint(E_cms)
    print '\nRandom test point: ', tp[0], tp[1], tp[2], tp[3]
    print 'Squared ME: ', Process.CSMatrixElement(), '\n'

except Sherpa.Exception as exc:
    print exc
    exit(1)

9.12.2 Computing matrix elements for idividual phase space points using the C++ Interface

Matrix elements values for user defined phase space points can also be quarried using a small C++ executable provided in Examples/API/ME2. It can be compiled using the provided Makefile. The test program is then run typing (note: the LD_LIBRARY_PATH must be set to include <Sherpa-installation>/lib/SHERPA-MC)

./test <options>

where the usual options for Sherpa are passed. An example run card, giving both the process and the requested phase space points looks like

(run){
  EVENTS 0;
  INIT_ONLY 2;
}(run)

(beam){
  BEAM_1  11; BEAM_ENERGY_1 45.6;
  BEAM_2 -11; BEAM_ENERGY_2 45.6;
}(beam)

(isr){
  PDF_LIBRARY None;
}(isr)

(processes){
  Process 11 -11 -> 2 -2 21 21 21 21
  End process;
}(processes)

(momenta){
  NUMBER_OF_POINTS 4
  Point 1
  11  45.6   0.0   0.0  45.6
 -11  45.6   0.0   0.0 -45.6
  21  10.0   0.0   0.0 -10.0 1 2
  21  10.0   0.0   0.0  10.0 2 3
  21  10.0  10.0   0.0   0.0 3 1
  21  10.0 -10.0   0.0   0.0 1 3
   2  25.6   0.0  25.6   0.0 3 0
  -2  25.6   0.0 -25.6   0.0 0 1
  End point
  Point 2
  11  45.6   0.0   0.0  45.6
 -11  45.6   0.0   0.0 -45.6
  21  12.0   0.0   0.0 -12.0 1 2
  21  12.0   0.0   0.0  12.0 2 3
  21  12.0  12.0   0.0   0.0 3 1
  21  12.0 -12.0   0.0   0.0 1 3
   2  21.6   0.0  21.6   0.0 3 0
  -2  21.6   0.0 -21.6   0.0 0 1
  End point
  Point 3
  11  45.6   0.0   0.0  45.6
 -11  45.6   0.0   0.0 -45.6
  21  14.0   0.0   0.0 -14.0 1 2
  21  14.0   0.0   0.0  14.0 2 3
  21  14.0  14.0   0.0   0.0 3 1
  21  14.0 -14.0   0.0   0.0 1 3
   2  17.6   0.0  17.6   0.0 3 0
  -2  17.6   0.0 -17.6   0.0 0 1
  End point
  Point 4
  11  45.6   0.0   0.0  45.6
 -11  45.6   0.0   0.0 -45.6
  21  16.0   0.0   0.0 -16.0 1 2
  21  16.0   0.0   0.0  16.0 2 3
  21  16.0  16.0   0.0   0.0 3 1
  21  16.0 -16.0   0.0   0.0 1 3
   2  13.6   0.0  13.6   0.0 3 0
  -2  13.6   0.0 -13.6   0.0 0 1
  End point
}(momenta)

Please note that both the process and the beam specifications need to be present in order for Sherpa to initialise properly. The momenta need to be given in the proper ordering employed in Sherpa, which can be read from the process name printed on screen. For each entry the sequence is the following

  <pdg-id> <E> <px> <py> <pz> [triplet-index antitriplet-index]

with the colour indices ranging from 1..3 for both the triplet and the antitriplet index in the colour-flow basis. The colour information is only needed if Comix is used for the calculation as Comix then also gives the squared matrix element value for this colour cinfiguration. In any case, the colour-summed value is printed to screen.

Alternatively, the momenta can be given in a separate file specified through MOMENTA_DATA_FILE=<file>.


9.13 Using the Python interface


9.13.1 Generate events using scripts

This example shows how to generate events with Sherpa using a Python wrapper script. For each event the weight, the number of trials and the particle information is printed to stdout. This script can be used as a basis for constructing interfaces to own analysis routines.

#!/usr/bin/python2
@LOADMPIFORPY@
import sys
sys.path.append('@PYLIBDIR@')
import Sherpa

Generator=Sherpa.Sherpa()
try:
    Generator.InitializeTheRun(len(sys.argv),sys.argv)
    Generator.InitializeTheEventHandler()
    for n in range(1,1+Generator.NumberOfEvents()):
        Generator.GenerateOneEvent()
        blobs=Generator.GetBlobList();
        print "Event",n,"{"
        ## print blobs
        print "  Weight ",blobs.GetFirst(1)["Weight"];
        print "  Trials ",blobs.GetFirst(1)["Trials"];
        for i in range(0,blobs.size()):
            print "  Blob",i,"{"
            ## print blobs[i];
            print "    Incoming particles"
            for j in range(0,blobs[i].NInP()):
                part=blobs[i].InPart(j)
                ## print part
                s=part.Stat()
                f=part.Flav()
                p=part.Momentum()
                print "     ",j,": ",s,f,p
            print "    Outgoing particles"
            for j in range(0,blobs[i].NOutP()):
                part=blobs[i].OutPart(j)
                ## print part
                s=part.Stat()
                f=part.Flav()
                p=part.Momentum()
                print "     ",j,": ",s,f,p
            print "  } Blob",i
        print "} Event",n
        if ((n%100)==0): print "  Event ",n
    Generator.SummarizeRun()
        
except Sherpa.Exception as exc:
    exit(1)

9.13.2 Generate events with MPI using scripts

This example shows how to generate events with Sherpa using a Python wrapper script and MPI. For each event the weight, the number of trials and the particle information is send to the MPI master node and written into a single gzip’ed output file. Note that you need the mpi4py module to run this Example. Sherpa must be configured and installed using --enable-mpi, see MPI parallelization.

#!/usr/bin/python2
@LOADMPIFORPY@
import sys
sys.path.append('@PYLIBDIR@')
import Sherpa
import gzip

class MyParticle:
    def __init__(self,p):
        self.kfc=p.Flav().Kfcode()
        if p.Flav().IsAnti(): self.kfc=-self.kfc
        self.E=p.Momentum()[0]
        self.px=p.Momentum()[1]
        self.py=p.Momentum()[2]
        self.pz=p.Momentum()[3]
    def __str__(self):
        return (str(self.kfc)+" "+str(self.E)+" "
                +str(self.px)+" "+str(self.py)+" "+str(self.pz))

Generator=Sherpa.Sherpa()
try:
    Generator.InitializeTheRun(len(sys.argv),sys.argv)
    Generator.InitializeTheEventHandler()
    comm=MPI.COMM_WORLD
    rank=comm.Get_rank()
    size=comm.Get_size()
    if rank==0:
        outfile=gzip.GzipFile("events.gz",'w')
        for n in range(1,1+Generator.NumberOfEvents()):
            for t in range(1,size):
                weight=comm.recv(source=t,tag=t)
                trials=comm.recv(source=t,tag=2*t)
                parts=comm.recv(source=t,tag=3*t)
                outfile.write("E "+str(weight)+" "+str(trials)+"\n")
                for p in parts:
                    outfile.write(str(p)+"\n")
            if (n%100)==0: print "  Event",n
        outfile.close()
    else:
        for n in range(1,1+Generator.NumberOfEvents()):
            Generator.GenerateOneEvent()
            blobs=Generator.GetBlobList();
            weight=blobs.GetFirst(1)["Weight"]
            trials=blobs.GetFirst(1)["Trials"]
            parts=[]
            for i in range(0,blobs.size()):
                for j in range(0,blobs[i].NOutP()):
                    part=blobs[i].OutPart(j)
                    if part.Stat()==1 and part.HasDecBlob()==0:
                        parts.append(MyParticle(part))
            comm.send(weight,dest=0,tag=rank)
            comm.send(trials,dest=0,tag=2*rank)
            comm.send(parts,dest=0,tag=3*rank)
    Generator.SummarizeRun()

except Sherpa.Exception as exc:
    exit(1)

Next: , Previous: , Up: Sherpa 2.2.14 Manual   [Contents][Index]

10 Getting help

If Sherpa exits abnormally, first check the Sherpa output for hints on the reason of program abort, and try to figure out what has gone wrong with the help of the Manual. Note that Sherpa throwing a ‘normal_exit’ exception does not imply any abnormal program termination! When using AMEGIC++ Sherpa will exit with the message:

   New libraries created. Please compile.

In this case, follow the instructions given in Running Sherpa with AMEGIC++.

If this does not help, contact the Sherpa team (see the Sherpa Team section of the website sherpa.hepforge.org), providing all information on your setup. Please include

  1. A complete tarred and gzipped set of the .dat files leading to the crash. Use the status recovery directory Status__<date of crash> produced before the program abort.
  2. The command line (including possible parameters) you used to start Sherpa.
  3. The installation log file, if available.

11 Authors

Sherpa was written by the Sherpa Team, see sherpa.hepforge.org.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Sherpa 2.2.14 Manual   [Contents][Index]

12 Copying

Sherpa is free software. You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with the source for Sherpa; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

Sherpa is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

Sherpa was created during the Marie Curie RTN’s HEPTOOLS, MCnet and LHCphenonet. The MCnet Guidelines apply, see the file GUIDELINES and http://www.montecarlonet.org/index.php?p=Publications/Guidelines.


Next: , Previous: , Up: Sherpa 2.2.14 Manual   [Contents][Index]

Appendix A References

  • [Ale05] S. Alekhin and others, HERA and the LHC - A workshop on the implications of HERA for LHC physics: Proceedings Part A, hep-ph/0601012.

  • [Ali13] S. Alioli and others, Update of the Binoth Les Houches Accord for a standard interface between Monte Carlo tools and one-loop programs, arXiv:1308.3462.

  • [Alw07] J. Alwall and others, Comparative study of various algorithms for the merging of parton showers and matrix elements in hadronic collisions, Eur. Phys. J. C53 (2008) 473-500 [arXiv:0706.2569].

  • [Arc08] J. Archibald and T. Gleisberg and S. Hoche and F. Krauss and M. Schonherr and S. Schumann and F. Siegert and J. C. Winter, Simulation of photon-photon interactions in hadron collisions with Sherpa, Nucl. Phys. 179 (2008) 218-225 .

  • [Bah08b] M. Bahr and others, Herwig++ Physics and Manual, Eur. Phys. J. C58 (2008) 639-707 [arXiv:0803.0883].

  • [Bal08] R. D. Ball and others, A determination of parton distributions with faithful uncertainty estimation, Nucl. Phys. B809 (2009) 1-63 [arXiv:0808.1231].

  • [Bal09] R. D. Ball and others, Precision determination of electroweak parameters and the strange content of the proton from neutrino deep-inelastic scattering, Nucl. Phys. B823 (2009) 195-233 [arXiv:0906.1958].

  • [Bal92] A. Ballestrero and E. Maina and S. Moretti, Heavy quarks and leptons at e^+e^- colliders, Nucl. Phys. B415 (1994) 265-292 [hep-ph/9212246].

  • [Bar93] E. Barberio and Z. Wc as, PHOTOS - a universal monte carlo for QED radiative corrections: version 2.0, Comput. Phys. Commun. 79 (1994) 291-308 .

  • [Bea03] D. M. Beazley, Automated scientific software scripting with SWIG, Future Generation Computer Systems 19 (2003) 599-609 .

  • [Ber02] Z. Bern and L. J. Dixon and C. Schmidt, Isolating a light Higgs boson from the di-photon background at the LHC, Phys. Rev. D66 (2002) 074018 [hep-ph/0206194].

  • [Ber09a] C. F. Berger and Z. Bern and L. J. Dixon and F. Febres-Cordero and D. Forde and T. Gleisberg and H. Ita and D. A. Kosower and D. Ma^itre, Next-to-leading order QCD predictions for W+3-Jet distributions at hadron colliders, Phys. Rev. D80 (2009) 074036 [arXiv:0907.1984].

  • [Ber94] F. A. Berends and R. Pittau and R. Kleiss, All electroweak four-fermion processes in electron-positron collisions, Nucl. Phys. B424 (1994) 308 [hep-ph/9404313].

  • [Bin10a] T. Binoth and others, A proposal for a standard interface between Monte Carlo tools and one-loop programs, Comput. Phys. Commun. 181 (2010) 1612-1622 [arXiv:1001.1307].

  • [Both17] E. Bothmann and M. Schonherr and F. Krauss, Single top-quark production with Sherpa, Eur. Phys. J. C 78 (2018) 220 [arXiv:1711.02568].

  • [Both19] E. Bothmann et al., Event Generation with Sherpa 2.2, SciPost Phys. 7 (2019) 034 [arXiv:1905.09127].

  • [Bud74] V. M. Budnev and I. F. Ginzburg and G. V. Meledin and V. G. Serbo, The two photon particle production mechanism. Physical problems. Applications. Equivalent photon approximation, Phys. Rept. 15 (1974) 181-281 .

  • [Bu03] M. Buschmann and others, Mass Effects in the Higgs-Gluon Coupling: Boosted vs Off-Shell Production, JHEP 1502 (2015) 038 [hep-ph/1410.5806].

  • [Cac08] M. Cacciari and G. P. Salam and G. Soyez, The Anti-k(t) jet clustering algorithm, JHEP 0804 (2008) 063 [arXiv:0802.1189].

  • [Car09] T. Carli and T. Gehrmann and S. Hoche, Hadronic final states in deep-inelastic scattering with Sherpa, Eur. Phys. J. C67 (2010) 73 [arXiv:0912.3715].

  • [Cas11] F. Cascioli and P. Maierhofer and S. Pozzorini, Scattering Amplitudes with Open Loops, Eur.Phys.J. C72 (2012) 1889 [arXiv:1111.5206].

  • [Cat01a] S. Catani and F. Krauss and R. Kuhn and B. R. Webber, QCD matrix elements + parton showers, JHEP 11 (2001) 063 [hep-ph/0109231].

  • [Cat02] S. Catani and S. Dittmaier and M. H. Seymour and Z. Trocsanyi, The dipole formalism for next-to-leading order QCD calculations with massive partons, Nucl. Phys. B627 (2002) 189-265 [hep-ph/0201036].

  • [Cat96b] S. Catani and M. H. Seymour, A general algorithm for calculating jet cross sections in NLO QCD, Nucl. Phys. B485 (1997) 291-419 [hep-ph/9605323].

  • [Chr08] N. D. Christensen and C. Duhr, FeynRules - Feynman rules made easy, Comput. Phys. Commun. 180 (2009) 1614-1641 [arXiv:0806.4194].

  • [Chr09] N. D. Christensen and P. de Aquino and C. Degrande and C. Duhr and B. Fuks and M. Herquet and F. Maltoni and S. Schumann, A comprehensive approach to new physics simulations, Eur. Phys. J. C71 (2011) 1541 [arXiv:0906.2474].

  • [Daw02] S. Dawson and L.H. Orr and L. Reina and D. Wackeroth, Associated top quark Higgs boson production at the LHC, Phys.Rev. D67 (2003) 071503 [hep-ph/0211438].

  • [Daw03] S. Dawson and C. Jackson and L.H. Orr and L. Reina and D. Wackeroth, Associated Higgs production with top quarks at the large hadron collider: NLO QCD corrections, Phys.Rev. D68 (2003) 034022 [hep-ph/0305087].

  • [Deg11] C. Degrande and C. Duhr and B. Fuks and D. Grellscheid and O. Mattelaer and T. Reiter, UFO - The Universal FeynRules Output, Comput. Phys. Commun. 138 (2012) 1201 [arXiv:1108.2040].

  • [Dix13] L. J. Dixon and Y. Li, Bounding the Higgs Boson Width Through Interferometry, arXiv:1305.3854.

  • [Dra00] P. D. Draggiotis and A. van Hameren and R. Kleiss, SARGE: An algorithm for generating QCD-antennas, Phys. Lett. B483 (2000) 124-130 [hep-ph/0004047].

  • [Duh06] C. Duhr and S. Hoche and F. Maltoni, Color-dressed recursive relations for multi-parton amplitudes, JHEP 08 (2006) 062 [hep-ph/0607057].

  • [Feb06] F. Febres Cordero and L. Reina and D. Wackeroth, NLO QCD corrections to W boson production with a massive b-quark jet pair at the Tevatron p anti-p collider, Phys.Rev. D74 (2006) 034007 [hep-ph/0606102].

  • [Fie82a] R. D. Field and S. Wolfram, A QCD model for e^+e^- annihilation, Nucl. Phys. B213 (1983) 65 .

  • [Fri98] S. Frixione, Isolated photons in perturbative QCD, Phys. Lett. B429 (1998) 369-374 [hep-ph/9801442].

  • [Gao13] J. Gao and M. Guzzi and J. Huston and H. L. Lai and Z. Li and others, The CT10 NNLO Global Analysis of QCD, arXiv:1302.6246.

  • [Geh12] T. Gehrmann and S. Hoche and F. Krauss and M. Schonherr and F. Siegert, NLO QCD matrix elements + parton showers in e^+e^- -> hadrons, JHEP 01 (2013) 144 [arXiv:1207.5031].

  • [Gle03b] T. Gleisberg and F. Krauss and C. G. Papadopoulos and A. Schalicke and S. Schumann, Cross sections for multi-particle final states at a linear collider, Eur. Phys. J. C34 (2004) 173-180 [hep-ph/0311273].

  • [Gle05] T. Gleisberg and F. Krauss and A. Schalicke and S. Schumann and J. C. Winter, Studying W^+ W^- production at the Fermilab Tevatron with Sherpa, Phys. Rev. D72 (2005) 034028 [hep-ph/0504032].

  • [Gle07] T. Gleisberg and F. Krauss, Automating dipole subtraction for QCD NLO calculations, Eur. Phys. J. C53 (2008) 501-523 [arXiv:0709.2881].

  • [Gle08] T. Gleisberg and S. Hoche, Comix a new matrix element generator, JHEP 12 (2008) 039 [arXiv:0808.3674].

  • [Gle08b] T. Gleisberg and S. Hoche and F. Krauss and M. Schonherr and S. Schumann and F Siegert and J. Winter, Event generation with Sherpa 1.1, JHEP 02 (2009) 007 [arXiv:0811.4622].

  • [Glu91] M. Gluck and E. Reya and A. Vogt, Parton structure of the photon beyond the leading order, Phys. Rev. D45 (1992) 3986-3994 .

  • [Glu91a] M. Gluck and E. Reya and A. Vogt, Photonic parton distributions, Phys. Rev. D46 (1992) 1973-1979 .

  • [Got82] T. D. Gottschalk, A realistic model for e^+e^- annihilation including parton bremsstrahlung effects, Nucl. Phys. B214 (1983) 201 .

  • [Got83] T. D. Gottschalk, An improved description of hadronization in the QCD cluster model for e^+e^- annihilation, Nucl. Phys. B239 (1984) 349 .

  • [Got86] T. D. Gottschalk and D. A. Morris, A new model for hadronization and e^+e^- annihilation, Nucl. Phys. B288 (1987) 729 .

  • [Gut18] C. Gutschow and J. M. Lindert and M. Schonherr, Multi-jet merged top-pair production including electroweak corrections, Eur. Phys. J. C78 (2018) 317 [arXiv:1803.00950].

  • [Hag05] K. Hagiwara and others, Supersymmetry simulations with off-shell effects for the CERN LHC and an ILC, Phys. Rev. D73 (2006) 055005 [hep-ph/0512260].

  • [Ham02] A. van Hameren and C. G. Papadopoulos, A hierarchical phase space generator for QCD antenna structures, Eur. Phys. J. C25 (2002) 563-574 [hep-ph/0204055].

  • [Ham09a] K. Hamilton and P. Richardson and J. Tully, A modified CKKW matrix element merging approach to angular-ordered parton showers, JHEP 11 (2009) 038 [arXiv:0905.3072].

  • [Ham10] K. Hamilton and P. Nason, Improving NLO-parton shower matched simulations with higher order matrix elements, JHEP 06 (2010) 039 [arXiv:1004.1764].

  • [Hoc06] S. Hoche and others, Matching Parton Showers and Matrix Elements, hep-ph/0602031.

  • [Hoe09] S. Hoche and F. Krauss and S. Schumann and F. Siegert, QCD matrix elements and truncated showers, JHEP 05 (2009) 053 [arXiv:0903.1219].

  • [Hoe09a] S. Hoche and S. Schumann and F. Siegert, Hard photon production and matrix-element parton-shower merging, Phys. Rev. D81 (2010) 034026 [arXiv:0912.3501].

  • [Hoe10] S. Hoche and F. Krauss and M. Schonherr and F. Siegert, NLO matrix elements and truncated showers, JHEP 08 (2011) 123 [arXiv:1009.1127].

  • [Hoe11] S. Hoche and F. Krauss and M. Schonherr and F. Siegert, A critical appraisal of NLO+PS matching methods, JHEP 09 (2012) 049 [arXiv:1111.1220].

  • [Hoe12a] S. Hoche and F. Krauss and M. Schonherr and F. Siegert, QCD matrix elements + parton showers: The NLO case, JHEP 04 (2013) 027 [arXiv:1207.5030].

  • [Hoe12b] S. Hoche and M. Schonherr, Uncertainties in NLO + parton shower matched simulations of inclusive jet and dijet production, Phys.Rev. D86 (2012) 094042 arXiv:1208.2815.

  • [Hoe13] S. Hoeche and J. Huang and G. Luisoni and M. Schoenherr and J. Winter, Zero and one jet combined NLO analysis of the top quark forward-backward asymmetry, Phys.Rev. D88 (2013) 014040 arXiv:1306.2703.

  • [Hoe14a] S. Hoeche and F. Krauss and M. Schoenherr, Uncertainties in MEPS@NLO calculations of h+jets, arXiv:1401.7971.

  • [Hoe14b] S. Hoeche and F. Krauss and S. Pozzorini and M. Schoenherr and J. M. Thompson and K. C. Zapp, Triple vector boson production through Higgs-Strahlung with NLO multijet merging, arXiv:1403.7516.

  • [Hoe14c] S. Hoeche and S. Kuttimalai and S. Schumann and F. Siegert, Beyond Standard Model calculations with Sherpa, Eur. Phys. J. C75 (2015) 135 [arXiv:1412.6478].

  • [Hoe15] S. Hoeche and S. Prestel, The midpoint between dipole and parton showers, arXiv:1506.05057.

  • [Hoe19] S. Hoeche and K. Krause and F. Siegert, Multijet Merging in a Variable Flavor Number Scheme, Phys. Rev. D100 2019 1 [arXiv:1904.09382].

  • [Jad93] S. Jadach and Z. Was and R. Decker and J. H. Kuhn, The tau decay library TAUOLA: Version 2.4, Comput. Phys. Commun. 76 (1993) 361-380 .

  • [Kan00] A. Kanaki and C. G. Papadopoulos, HELAC: A package to compute electroweak helicity amplitudes, Comput. Phys. Commun. 132 (2000) 306-315 [hep-ph/0002082].

  • [Kle85] R. Kleiss and W. J. Stirling, Spinor techniques for calculating pbarpto W^pm/Z^0+jets, Nucl. Phys. B262 (1985) 235-262 .

  • [Kle85a] R. Kleiss and W. J. Stirling and S. D. Ellis, A new Monte Carlo treatment of multiparticle phase space at high energies, Comput. Phys. Commun. 40 (1986) 359 .

  • [Kle94] R. Kleiss and R. Pittau, Weight optimization in multichannel Monte Carlo, Comput. Phys. Commun. 83 (1994) 141-146 [hep-ph/9405257].

  • [Kra01] F. Krauss and R. Kuhn and G. Soff, AMEGIC++ 1.0: A Matrix Element Generator In C++, JHEP 02 (2002) 044 [hep-ph/0109036].

  • [Kra02] F. Krauss, Matrix elements and parton showers in hadronic interactions, JHEP 0208 (2002) 015 [hep-ph/0205283].

  • [Kra04] F. Krauss and A. Schalicke and S. Schumann and G. Soff, Simulating W/Z + jets production at the Tevatron, Phys. Rev. D70 (2004) 114009 [hep-ph/0409106].

  • [Kra05] F. Krauss and A. Schalicke and S. Schumann and G. Soff, Simulating W/Z + jets production at the CERN LHC, Phys. Rev. D72 (2005) 054017 [hep-ph/0503280].

  • [Kra10] F. Krauss and T. Laubrich and F. Siegert, Simulation of hadron decays in Sherpa, .

  • [Lai10] H. L. Lai and M. Guzzi and J. Huston and Z. Li and P. M. Nadolsky and others, New parton distributions for collider physics, Phys.Rev. D82 (2010) 074024 [arXiv:1007.2241].

  • [Lan01] D. J. Lange, The EvtGen particle decay simulation package, Nucl. Instrum. Meth. A462 (2001) 152-155 .

  • [Lav05] N. Lavesson and L. Lonnblad, W+jets matrix elements and the dipole cascade, JHEP 07 (2005) 054 [hep-ph/0503293].

  • [Lav08] N. Lavesson and L. Lonnblad, Extending CKKW-merging to one-loop matrix elements, JHEP 12 (2008) 070 [arXiv:0811.2912].

  • [Lep80] G. P. Lepage, VEGAS - An Adaptive Multi-dimensional Integration Program, .

  • [Lon01] L. Lonnblad, Correcting the colour-dipole cascade model with fixed order matrix elements, JHEP 05 (2002) 046 [hep-ph/0112284].

  • [Lon11] L. Lonnblad and S. Prestel, Matching Tree-Level Matrix Elements with Interleaved Showers, JHEP 03 (2012) 019 [arXiv:1109.4829].

  • [Lon12a] L. Lonnblad and S. Prestel, Merging Multi-leg NLO Matrix Elements with Parton Showers, arXiv:1211.7278.

  • [Lon12b] L. Lonnblad and S. Prestel, Unitarising Matrix Element + Parton Shower merging, arXiv:1211.4827.

  • [Lon92] L. Lonnblad, Ariadne version 4: A program for simulation of QCD cascades implementing the colour dipole model, Comput. Phys. Commun. 71 (1992) 15-31 .

  • [Mal02a] F. Maltoni and T. Stelzer, MadEvent: automatic event generation with MadGraph, JHEP 02 (2003) 027 [hep-ph/0208156].

  • [Man01] M. L. Mangano and M. Moretti and R. Pittau, Multijet matrix elements and shower evolution in hadronic collisions: W bbarb+n-jets as a case study, Nucl. Phys. B632 (2002) 343-362 [hep-ph/0108069].

  • [Man02] M. L. Mangano and M. Moretti and F. Piccinini and R. Pittau and A. D. Polosa, ALPGEN a generator for hard multiparton processes in hadronic collisions, JHEP 07 (2003) 001 [hep-ph/0206293].

  • [Man06] M. L. Mangano and M. Moretti and F. Piccinini and M. Treccani, Matching matrix elements and shower evolution for top-pair production in hadronic collisions, JHEP 01 (2007) 013 [hep-ph/0611129].

  • [Mar01] A. D. Martin and R. G. Roberts and W. J. Stirling and R. S. Thorne, MRST2001: Partons and alpha_s from precise deep inelastic scattering and Tevatron jet data, Eur. Phys. J. C23 (2002) 73-87 [hep-ph/0110215].

  • [Mar04] A. D. Martin and R. G. Roberts and W. J. Stirling and R. S. Thorne, Parton distributions incorporating QED contributions, Eur. Phys. J. C39 (2005) 155-161 [hep-ph/0411040].

  • [Mar09a] A. D. Martin and W. J. Stirling and R. S. Thorne and G. Watt, Parton distributions for the LHC, Eur. Phys. J. C63 (2009) 189-295 [arXiv:0901.0002].

  • [Mar87] G. Marchesini and B. R. Webber, Monte Carlo Simulation of General Hard Processes with Coherent QCD Radiation, Nucl. Phys. B310 (1988) 461 .

  • [Mar99] A. D. Martin and R. G. Roberts and W. J. Stirling and R. S. Thorne, Parton distributions and the LHC: W and Z production, Eur. Phys. J. C14 (2000) 133-145 [hep-ph/9907231].

  • [Nad08] P. M. Nadolsky and others, Implications of CTEQ global analysis for collider observables, Phys. Rev. D78 (2008) 013004 [arXiv:0802.0007].

  • [Nag03] Z. Nagy, Next-to-leading order calculation of three-jet observables in hadron-hadron collisions, Phys. Rev. D68 (2003) 094002 [hep-ph/0307268].

  • [Nag05] Z. Nagy and D. E. Soper, Matching parton showers to NLO computations, JHEP 10 (2005) 024 [hep-ph/0503053].

  • [Nag06] Z. Nagy and D. E. Soper, A new parton shower algorithm: Shower evolution matching at leading and next-to-leading order level, hep-ph/0601021.

  • [Pap05] C. G. Papadopoulos and M. Worek, Multi-parton cross sections at hadron colliders, Eur. Phys. J. C50 (2007) 843-856 [hep-ph/0512150].

  • [Rei01] L. Reina and S. Dawson, Next-to-leading order results for t anti-t h production at the Tevatron, Phys.Rev.Lett. 87 (2001) 201804 [hep-ph/0107101].

  • [Rei01a] L. Reina and S. Dawson and D. Wackeroth, QCD corrections to associated t anti-t h production at the Tevatron, Phys.Rev. D65 (2002) 053017 [hep-ph/0109066].

  • [Rys09] M. G. Ryskin and A. D. Martin and V. A. Khoze, Soft processes at the LHC I: Multi-component model, Eur. Phys. J. C60 (2009) 249-264 [arXiv:0812.2407].

  • [Sch07a] S. Schumann and F. Krauss, A parton shower algorithm based on Catani-Seymour dipole factorisation, JHEP 03 (2008) 038 [arXiv:0709.1027].

  • [Sch08] M. Schonherr and F. Krauss, Soft photon radiation in particle decays in Sherpa, JHEP 12 (2008) 018 [arXiv:0810.5071].

  • [Sjo06] T. Sjostrand and S. Mrenna and P. Skands, PYTHIA 6.4 physics and manual, JHEP 05 (2006) 026 [hep-ph/0603175].

  • [Sjo07] T. Sjostrand and S. Mrenna and P. Skands, A brief introduction to PYTHIA 8.1, Comput. Phys. Commun. 178 (2008) 852-867 [arXiv:0710.3820].

  • [Sjo87] T. Sjostrand and M. van Zijl, A multiple-interaction model for the event structure in hadron collisions, Phys. Rev. D36 (1987) 2019 .

  • [Ste94] T. Stelzer and W. F. Long, Automatic generation of tree level helicity amplitudes, Comput. Phys. Commun. 81 (1994) 357-371 [hep-ph/9401258].

  • [Web83] B. R. Webber, A QCD model for jet fragmentation including soft gluon interference, Nucl. Phys. B238 (1984) 492 .

  • [Wha05] M. R. Whalley and D. Bourilkov and R. C. Group, The Les Houches Accord PDFs (LHAPDF) and LHAGLUE, hep-ph/0508110.

  • [Win03] J. C. Winter and F. Krauss and G. Soff, A modified cluster-hadronisation model, Eur. Phys. J. C36 (2004) 381-395 [hep-ph/0311085].

  • [Wol83] L. Wolfenstein, Parametrization of the Kobayashi-Maskawa Matrix, Phys. Rev. Lett. 51 (1983) 1945 .

  • [Yen61] D. R. Yennie and S. C. Frautschi and H. Suura, The Infrared Divergence Phenomena and High-Energy Processes, Ann. Phys. 13 (1961) 379-452 .

  • [Zar02] A. F. Zarnecki, CompAZ: Parametrization of the luminosity spectra for the photon collider, Acta Phys. Polon. B34 (2003) 2741-2758 [hep-ex/0207021].

  • [Bot22] E. Bothmann and A. Buckley and I. A. Christidi and C. Gutschow and S. Hoche and M. Knobbe and T. Martin and M. Schonherr, Accelerating LHC event generation with simplified pilot runs and fast PDFs, [arXiv:2209.00843].


Appendix B Index

Jump to:   1  
A   B   C   D   E   F   H   I   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   X   Y  
Index Entry  Section

1
1/ALPHAQED(0): SM

A
A: SM
ACTIVE[<id>]: SM
ALLOW_SCALE_UNORDERING: Scale setters
ALPHAQED_DEFAULT_SCALE: SM
ALPHAS(MZ): SM
ANALYSIS: ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS_OUTPUT: ANALYSIS_OUTPUT
ANALYSIS_OUTPUT: Rivet analyses
ANALYSIS_OUTPUT: HZTool analyses
ASSOCIATED_CONTRIBUTIONS_VARIATIONS: Scale and PDF variations

B
BARYON_FRACTION: Fragmentation
BATCH_MODE: BATCH_MODE
BEAM_1: Beam Parameters
BEAM_2: Beam Parameters
BEAM_ENERGY_1: Beam Parameters
BEAM_ENERGY_2: Beam Parameters
BEAM_REMNANTS: Intrinsic Transverse Momentum
BEAM_SMAX: Beam Spectra
BEAM_SMIN: Beam Spectra
BEAM_SPECTRUM_1: Beam Spectra
BEAM_SPECTRUM_2: Beam Spectra
beta_0^2: Minimum Bias
BH_SETTINGS_FILE: Associated_Contributions
BUNCH_1: ISR Parameters
BUNCH_2: ISR Parameters

C
CABIBBO: SM
CHECK_BORN: Checking the pole cancellation
CHECK_FINITE: Checking the pole cancellation
CHECK_POLES: Checking the pole cancellation
CHECK_POLES_THRESHOLD: Checking the pole cancellation
Chi_S: Minimum Bias
CKMORDER: SM
CORE_SCALE: METS scale setting with multiparton core processes
COUPLINGS: COUPLINGS
COUPLING_SCHEME: COUPLING_SCHEME
CSS_ALPHAS_FREEZE_MODE: Scale and PDF variations
CSS_ALPHAS_FREEZE_MODE: CS Shower options
CSS_EVOLUTION_SCHEME: CS Shower options
CSS_EW_MODE: CS Shower options
CSS_FS_AS_FAC: CS Shower options
CSS_FS_PT2MIN: CS Shower options
CSS_IS_AS_FAC: CS Shower options
CSS_IS_PT2MIN: CS Shower options
CSS_KIN_SCHEME: CS Shower options
CSS_MASS_THRESHOLD: CS Shower options
CSS_MAXEM: CS Shower options
CSS_MAX_REWEIGHT_FACTOR: Scale and PDF variations
CSS_NOEM: CS Shower options
CSS_REWEIGHT: Scale and PDF variations
CSS_REWEIGHT_SCALE_CUTOFF: Scale and PDF variations
CSS_SCALE_SCHEME: CS Shower options

D
DEACTIVATE_GGH: HEFT
DEACTIVATE_PPH: HEFT
DECAYMODEL: Hadron decays
DECAYPATH: Hadron decays
DECAY_OFFSET: Fragmentation
DECAY_RESULT_DIRECTORY: DECAY_RESULT_DIRECTORY
DECAY_TAU_HARD: DECAY_TAU_HARD
Delphes: Event output formats
Delta: Minimum Bias
deltaY: Minimum Bias
DIPOLE_ALPHA: Dipole subtraction
DIPOLE_AMIN: Dipole subtraction
DIPOLE_KAPPA: Dipole subtraction
DIPOLE_NF_GSPLIT: Dipole subtraction

E
EPA_AlphaQED: Beam Spectra
EPA_Form_Factor_1: Beam Spectra
EPA_Form_Factor_2: Beam Spectra
EPA_ptMin_1: Beam Spectra
EPA_ptMin_2: Beam Spectra
EPA_q2Max_1: Beam Spectra
EPA_q2Max_2: Beam Spectra
ETA: SM
EVENTS: EVENTS
EVENT_DISPLAY_INTERVAL: BATCH_MODE
EVENT_GENERATION_MODE: EVENT_GENERATION_MODE
EVENT_INPUT: Event output formats
EVENT_OUTPUT: Event output formats
EVENT_TYPE: EVENT_TYPE
EVENT_TYPE: Minimum Bias
EVT_FILE_PATH: Event output formats
EVT_OUTPUT: OUTPUT
EW_SCHEME: SM
E_LASER_: Beam Spectra
E_LASER_: Beam Spectra

F
FILE_SIZE: Event output formats
FINISH_OPTIMIZATION: FINISH_OPTIMIZATION
FINITE_TOP_MASS: HEFT
FINITE_W_MASS: HEFT
FRAGMENTATION: Fragmentation

H
HARD_DECAYS: Hard decays
HARD_MASS_SMEARING: HARD_MASS_SMEARING
HARD_SPIN_CORRELATIONS: HARD_SPIN_CORRELATIONS
HARD_SPIN_CORRELATIONS: Hadron decays
HDH_BR_WEIGHTS: HDH_BR_WEIGHTS
HDH_INT_ACCURACY: Decay table integration settings
HDH_INT_NITER: Decay table integration settings
HDH_INT_TARGET_MODE: Decay table integration settings
HDH_SET_WIDTHS: HDH_SET_WIDTHS
HDH_STATUS[<idcode>]: HDH_STATUS
HDH_WIDTH[<idcode>]: HDH_WIDTH
HEAVY_BARYON_ENHANCEMEMT: Fragmentation
HEPEVT: Event output formats
HepMC_GenEvent: Event output formats
HepMC_Short: Event output formats
HIGGS_INTERFERENCE_MODE: LHC_HInt
HIGGS_INTERFERENCE_ONLY: LHC_HInt
HIGGS_INTERFERENCE_SPIN: LHC_HInt

I
INTEGRATION_ERROR: INTEGRATION_ERROR
INTEGRATOR: INTEGRATOR
ISR_E_ORDER: ISR Parameters
ISR_E_SCHEME: ISR Parameters
ISR_SMAX: ISR Parameters
ISR_SMIN: ISR Parameters

K
kappa: Minimum Bias
KFACTOR: KFACTOR
KT2_Factor: Minimum Bias
K_PERP_MEAN_1: Intrinsic Transverse Momentum
K_PERP_MEAN_2: Intrinsic Transverse Momentum
K_PERP_SIGMA_1: Intrinsic Transverse Momentum
K_PERP_SIGMA_2: Intrinsic Transverse Momentum

L
LAMBDA: SM
lambda: Minimum Bias
Lambda2: Minimum Bias
LASER_ANGLES: Beam Spectra
LASER_MODE: Beam Spectra
LASER_NONLINEARITY: Beam Spectra
LHEF: Event output formats
LHOLE_BOOST_TO_CMS: External one-loop ME
LHOLE_CONTRACTFILE: External one-loop ME
LHOLE_IR_REGULARISATION: External one-loop ME
LHOLE_OLP: External one-loop ME
LHOLE_ORDERFILE: External one-loop ME
LOG_FILE: LOG_FILE
Loop_Generator: MCFM interface
LOOP_ME_INIT: Enforcing the renormalization scheme

M
MassExponent_C->HH: Fragmentation
MASSIVE[<id>]: SM
MASS[<id>]: SM
MASS[<id>]: Hadron decays
MAX_PROPER_LIFETIME: Hadron decays
MEMLEAK_WARNING_THRESHOLD: RLIMIT_AS
ME_QED: ME_QED
ME_QED_CLUSTERING: ME_QED_CLUSTERING
ME_QED_CLUSTERING_THRESHOLD: ME_QED_CLUSTERING_THRESHOLD
ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR: ME_SIGNAL_GENERATOR
Mixing_0+: Fragmentation
Mixing_1-: Fragmentation
MI_HANDLER: MI_HANDLER
MI_RESULT_DIRECTORY: MI_RESULT_DIRECTORY
MI_RESULT_DIRECTORY_SUFFIX: MI_RESULT_DIRECTORY_SUFFIX
MODEL: Models
MOMENTA_DATA_FILE: Matrix Element values through C++ interface
MSTJ: Fragmentation
MSTP: Fragmentation
MSTU: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_DELTA_3/2: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_N*_1/2: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_N_1/2: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_PSEUDOSCALARS: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_TENSORS2: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_TENSORS3: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_TENSORS4: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R0_VECTORS: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R1_AXIALVECTORS: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L0R1_SCALARS: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_AXIALVECTORS: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_DELTA*_3/2: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_N*_1/2: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_N*_3/2: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_SCALARS: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L1R0_TENSORS2: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L2R0_VECTORS: Fragmentation
MULTI_WEIGHT_L3R0_VECTORS: Fragmentation
M_BIND_0: Fragmentation
M_BIND_1: Fragmentation
M_BOTTOM: Fragmentation
M_CHARM: Fragmentation
M_DIQUARK_OFFSET: Fragmentation
M_STRANGE: Fragmentation
M_UP_DOWN: Fragmentation

N
NLO_SUBTRACTION_SCHEME: CS Shower options
NUMBER_OF_POINTS: Matrix Element values through C++ interface
NUM_ACCURACY: NUM_ACCURACY

O
ORDER_ALPHAS: SM
OUTPUT: OUTPUT
OUTPUT_PRECISION: Event output formats
OVERWEIGHT_THRESHOLD: EVENT_GENERATION_MODE

P
PARJ: Fragmentation
PARP: Fragmentation
PARTICLE_CONTAINER: Particle containers
PARU: Fragmentation
PATH: Input structure
PDF_LIBRARY: ISR Parameters
PDF_LIBRARY_1: ISR Parameters
PDF_LIBRARY_2: ISR Parameters
PDF_SET: ISR Parameters
PDF_SET_1: ISR Parameters
PDF_SET_2: ISR Parameters
PDF_SET_VERSION: ISR Parameters
PDF_VARIATIONS: Scale and PDF variations
PILOT: Scale setters
Pilot run strategy: EVENT_GENERATION_MODE
PROFILE_FUNCTION: PROFILE_FUNCTION
PROFILE_PARAMETERS: PROFILE_PARAMETERS
PSI_ITMAX: PSI_ITMAX
PSI_ITMAX_BY_NODE: PSI_ITMAX_BY_NODE
PSI_ITMIN: PSI_ITMIN
PSI_ITMIN_BY_NODE: PSI_ITMIN_BY_NODE
PSI_NMAX: PSI_NMAX
PT^2_0: Fragmentation
PT_MAX: Fragmentation
P_LASER_: Beam Spectra
P_LASER_: Beam Spectra
P_{QQ_1}/P_{QQ_0}: Fragmentation
P_{QS}/P_{QQ}: Fragmentation
P_{SS}/P_{QQ}: Fragmentation

Q
Q_0^2: Minimum Bias
Q_as^2: Fragmentation
Q_as^2: Minimum Bias
Q_RC^2: Minimum Bias

R
RANDOM_SEED: RANDOM_SEED
ReconnProb: Minimum Bias
REFERENCE_SCALE: REFERENCE_SCALE
RESCALE_EXPONENT: RESCALE_EXPONENT
RescProb: Minimum Bias
RescProb1: Minimum Bias
Resc_KTMin: Minimum Bias
RESOLVE_DECAYS: RESOLVE_DECAYS
RESULT_DIRECTORY: RESULT_DIRECTORY
RHO: SM
RLIMIT_AS: RLIMIT_AS
RLIMIT_BY_CPU: RLIMIT_AS
Root: Event output formats
RUNDATA: Input structure

S
SCALES: SCALES
SCALE_MIN: SCALE_MIN
SCALE_VARIATIONS: Scale and PDF variations
SHERPA_CPP_PATH: SHERPA_CPP_PATH
SHERPA_LDADD: Customization
SHERPA_LIB_PATH: SHERPA_LIB_PATH
SHERPA_VERSION: SHERPA_VERSION
Shower_Min_KT2: Minimum Bias
SHOW_PDF_SETS: ISR Parameters
SHOW_VARIABLE_SYNTAX: Universal selector
Shrimps_Mode: Minimum Bias
SIGMA_ND_FACTOR: SIGMA_ND_FACTOR
SIN2THETAW: SM
SINGLET_SUPPRESSION: Fragmentation
SOFT_COLLISIONS: Minimum Bias
SOFT_MASS_SMEARING: Hadron decays
SOFT_SPIN_CORRELATIONS: Hadron decays
SPECTRUM_FILE_1: Beam Spectra
SPECTRUM_FILE_2: Beam Spectra
STABLE[<id>]: SM
STABLE[<id>]: Hard decays
STABLE[<id>]: Hadron decays
STORE_DECAY_RESULTS: STORE_DECAY_RESULTS
STRANGE_FRACTION: Fragmentation

T
TIMEOUT: TIMEOUT
TRANSITION_OFFSET: Fragmentation
TUNE: TUNE
TURNOFF: TURNOFF
TURNOFF_EXPONENT: TURNOFF_EXPONENT

U
UFO_PARAM_CARD: UFO Model Interface
UNORDERED_SCALE: Scale setters
USE_PDF_ALPHAS: SM
USR_WGT_MODE: A posteriori scale and PDF variations using the ROOT NTuple Output

V
VEGAS: VEGAS
VEV: SM

W
WIDTH[<id>]: SM
WIDTH[<id>]: HDH_SET_WIDTHS
WIDTH[<id>]: Hadron decays
WIDTH_SCHEME: SM

X
xi: Minimum Bias

Y
YFS_IR_CUTOFF: YFS_IR_CUTOFF
YFS_MODE: YFS_MODE
YFS_USE_ME: YFS_USE_ME
YUKAWA[<id>]: SM
YUKAWA_MASSES: YUKAWA_MASSES

Jump to:   1  
A   B   C   D   E   F   H   I   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   X   Y